EL 1001

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chart
GENERAL
Borehole Diagram with Interpretation Symbols
Open Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-1a
Single Cased Hole and Double Cased Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-1b
Depth - Temperature
International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-2a
North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-2b
Mud Resistivity Estimations
Rmf and Rmc Estimation from Rm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-3
Equivalent NaCl Concentrations from Ionic Concentrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-4
Resistivity-Salinity-Temperature Conversions of NaCl Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-5
Formation Resistivity Factor (F) versus Porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-6
Gas Density Determination
(Function of Temperature and Pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEN-7
SPONTANEOUS POTENTIAL
Bed Thickness Corrections
Shallow Invasion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP-1a
Diameter of Invasion = 2dh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP-1b
Formation Water Resistivity Estimation
Rwe Estimation from SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP-2
Rw Estimation from Rwe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP-3
Rw Estimation from SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SP-4
GAMMA RAY
Gamma Ray Borehole Corrections
111⁄16 in (43 mm), 33⁄8 in (86 mm), 35⁄8 in (92 mm), and 4 in (102 mm) Tools,
Centered and Eccentered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GR-1
Spectral Gamma Ray (SGR) Borehole Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GR-2
Volume of Clay from Gamma Ray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GR-3
POROSITY
Environmental Corrections
Density - Borehole Curvature Corrections
Spectral Density Tool (SDL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-1
Spectral Litho Density Tool (SLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-2
Hostile Spectral Density Tool (HSDL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-3
Neutron
Dual Spaced Neutron-II (DSN-II*)
Open Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-4a
Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-4b
Cased Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-5a
Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-5b
Compensated Neutron Tool (CNT-K)
Open Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-6a
Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-6b
Cased Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-7a
Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-7b
Hostile Dual Spaced Neutron (HDSN)
Open Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-8a
Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-8b
Cased Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-9a
Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-9b

i * A mark of Halliburton
 Chart

POROSITY (continued)
Porosity Determination
Bulk (Log) Density versus Porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-10
Sonic versus Porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-11
Neutron Limestone Porosity versus Porosity
Dual Spaced Neutron-II (DSN-II*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-12
Compensated Neutron Tool (CNT-K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-13
Hostile Dual Spaced Neutron (HDSN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-14
Dual Spaced Epithermal Neutron (DSEN*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-15
Sidewall Neutron Log (SNL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-16
Porosity Estimation in Hydrocarbon Zones (DSN-II*, CNT-K, HDSN, and SNL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-17
Saturation Estimation in Gas Bearing Formations (DSN-II* and CNT-K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-18
Hydrocarbon Density Estimation (DSN-II*, CNT-K, HDSN, and SNL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POR-19
POROSITY - MINERALOGY
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Dual Spaced Neutron-II (DSN-II*)
Porosity - Mineralogy Crossplots
Bulk (Log) Density versus Neutron Porosity (DSN-II*)
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSN-II-1a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSN-II-1b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSN-II-1c
Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSN-II-2a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSN-II-2b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSN-II-2c
Sonic versus Neutron Porosity (DSN-II*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSN-II-3
Mineral Identification Plots
ρma Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPDSN-II-4
a

∆tmaa Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPDSN-II-5

Umaa Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPDSN-II-6
MIP Plot #1 (ρmaa VS ∆tmaa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPDSN-II-7
MIP Plot #2 (ρmaa VS Umaa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPDSN-II-8
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Compensated Neutron Tool (CNT-K)
Porosity - Mineralogy Crossplots
Bulk (Log) Density versus Neutron Porosity (CNT-K)
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPCNT-K-1a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPCNT-K-1b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPCNT-K-1c
Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPCNT-K-2a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPCNT-K-2b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPCNT-K-2c
Sonic versus Neutron Porosity (CNT-K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPCNT-K-3
Mineral Identification Plots
ρma Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPCNT-K-4
a

∆tmaa Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPCNT-K-5

Umaa Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPCNT-K-6
MIP Plot #1 (ρmaa VS ∆tmaa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPCNT-K-7
MIP Plot #2 (ρmaa VS Umaa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPCNT-K-8

ii * A mark of Halliburton.
 Chart

POROSITY - MINERALOGY (continued)

Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Hostile Dual Spaced Neutron (HDSN)
Porosity - Mineralogy Crossplots
Bulk (Log) Density versus Neutron Porosity (HDSN)
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPHDSN-1a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPHDSN-1b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPHDSN-1c
Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPHDSN-2a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPHDSN-2b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPHDSN-2c
Sonic versus Neutron Porosity (DSN-II*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPHDSN-3
Mineral Identification Plots
ρma Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPHDSN-4
a

∆tmaa Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPHDSN-5

Umaa Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPHDSN-6
MIP Plot #1 (ρmaa VS ∆tmaa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPHDSN-7
MIP Plot #2 (ρmaa VS Utmaa) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIPHDSN-8

Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Dual Spaced Epithermal Neutron (DSEN*)

Porosity - Mineralogy Crossplots
Bulk (Log) Density versus Epithermal Neutron Porosity (DSEN*)
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSEN-1a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSEN-1b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPDSEN-1c
Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. CPDSEN-2a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. CPDSEN-2b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. CPDSEN-2c
Sonic versus Neutron Porosity (DSEN*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. CPDSEN-3
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Sidewall Neutron (SNL)
Porosity - Mineralogy Crossplots
Bulk (Log) Density versus Epithermal Neutron Porosity (SNL)
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPSNL-1a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPSNL-1b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPSNL-1c
Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic
Fluid Density = 0.85g/cc (850 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPSNL-2a
Fluid Density = 1.00g/cc (1000 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPSNL-2b
Fluid Density = 1.15g/cc (1150 kg/m3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPSNL-2c
Sonic versus Neutron Porosity (SNL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPSNL-3

iii * A mark of Halliburton

 Chart

MICRORESISTIVITY
Mudcake Thickness Corrections
Microspherically Focused Log (MSFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rxo-1
Microguard (MG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rxo-2
RESISTIVITY - INDUCTION
Dual Induction Log - Short Guard
Borehole Corrections
Short Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DILTA-1
Deep and Medium Induction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DILTA-2
Bed Thickness Corrections (ILD and ILM)
Rs = 1.0, 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DILTA-3a
Rs = 4.0, 10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DILTA-3b
Invasion Corrections
Dual Induction - Short Guard
Rxo/Rm = 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DILTA-4a
Rxo/Rm = 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DILTA-4b
Dual Induction Log - Laterolog 3
Borehole Corrections
LL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-1
Deep and Medium Induction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-2
Bed Thickness Corrections (ILD and ILM)
Rs = 1.0, 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-3a
Rs = 4.0, 10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-3b
Invasion Corrections
Dual Induction - LL3
Rxo/Rm = 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-4a
Rxo/Rm = 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-4b
Dual Induction - Rxo
Rxo = 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-5a
Rxo = 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DIL-5b
High Resolution Induction (HRI*)
Borehole Corrections
Digitally Focused Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HRI-1
Deep and Medium Induction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HRI-2
Bed Thickness Corrections (HRD and HRM)
Rs = 1.0, 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HRI-3a
Rs = 4.0, 10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HRI-3b
Invasion Corrections
High Resolution Induction - DFL
Rxo/Rm = 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HRI-4a
Rxo/Rm = 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HRI-4b

iv * A mark of Halliburton
 Chart

RESISTIVITY - INDUCTION (continued)

Hostile Dual Induction - Short Normal (HDIL)
Borehole Corrections
Short Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-1
Deep Induction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-2a
Medium Induction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-2b
Bed Thickness Corrections (HID and HIM)
Rs = 1.0, 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-3a
Rs = 4.0, 10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-3b
Invasion Corrections
Hostile Dual Induction - Short Normal
4 inch Borehole
Rxo/Rm = 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-4a
Rxo/Rm = 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-4b
6 inch Borehole
Rxo/Rm = 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-5a
Rxo/Rm = 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-5b
8 inch Borehole
Rxo/Rm = 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-6a
Rxo/Rm = 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDIL-6b
RESISTIVITY - LATEROLOG
Dual Laterolog - (DLT-A)
Borehole Corrections (LLD and LLS)
Deep Laterolog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-1a
Shallow Laterolog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-1b
Bed Thickness Corrections (LLD and LLS)
Rs/Rm= 0.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-2a
Rs/Rm= 1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-2b
Rs/Rm= 10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-2c
Rs/Rm= 100.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-2d
Rs/Rm= 1000.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-2e
Invasion Corrections
Dual Laterolog - Rxo < Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-3a
Dual Laterolog - Rxo > Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTA-3b
Dual Laterolog (DLT-F)
Borehole Corrections (LLD and LLS)
Deep Laterolog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-1a
Shallow Laterolog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-1b
Bed Thickness Corrections (LLD and LLS)
Rs/Rm = 0.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-2a
Rs/Rm = 1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-2b
Rs/Rm = 10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-2c
Rs/Rm = 100.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-2d
Rs/Rm = 1000.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-2e
Invasion Corrections
Dual Laterolog - Rxo < Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-3a
Dual Laterolog - Rxo > Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLTF-3b

v * A mark of Halliburton
 Chart

WATER SATURATION - RESERVES

Water Saturation
Archie Nomograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-1
Pickett Plot 2 x 5 cycle log-log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-2
Hingle Plots
m = 1.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-3a
m = 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-3b
m = 2.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-3c
m = 2.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-3d
Reserves
Recoverable Oil Reserves Nomograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-4
Gas Reserves Nomograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SW-5
PERMEABILITY
Irreducible Water Saturation Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PERM-1
Estimated Permeability (k) for Clastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PERM-2
Drawdown Permeability from Formation Test Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PERM-3
FORMATION TESTER
Formation Tester Chamber Fill Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FT-1
Gas Volume Determination from Surface Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FT-2
Pressure Gradient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FT-3
Percent Formation Water Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FT-4
Drawdown Permeability from Formation Test Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FT-5
PULSED NEUTRON
Thermal Multigate Decay (TMD*)
TMD* Formation Porosity Determination
TMD* Ratio Correction (Liquid-Filled Borehole) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TMD-1a
Corrected TMD* Ratio versus TMD* Porosity (Liquid-Filled Borehole) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TMD-1b
TMD* Associated Charts
Capture Cross Section of Water (Σw) from Equivalent Liquid Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TMD-2
Liquid Hydrocarbon Capture Cross Section (Σh) from Solution Gas Oil Ratio (GOR) . . . . . . . . .TMD-3
Methane Capture Cross Section (Σmeth) from Reservoir Temperature and Pressure . . . . . . . . . .TMD-4
Wet Gas Capture Cross Section (Σg ) from Methane Capture Cross Section (Σmeth)
and Gas Specific Gravity (γg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TMD-5
Wet Gas Capture Cross Section (Σg ) from Methane Capture Cross Section (Σmeth)
and Condensate Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TMD-6
TMD* Water Saturation Determination
Clean Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TMD-7
Laminated Shale Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TMD-8
CEMENT BOND AND PULSE ECHO EVALUATION
Cement Bond Log Interpretation Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CBL-1
Casing O.D., Weight, and Wall Thickness Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CBL-2
Free Pipe Amplitude and Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CBL-3
CBL Borehole Fluid Attenuation Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CBL-4
Cement Sheath Thickness vs Pipe Amplitude Increase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CBL-5
Pulse Echo Acoustic Impedance Nomograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P E T- 1

vi * A mark of Halliburton
 Chart

PRODUCTION LOGGING
Density of Pure Distilled Water and NaCl Solutions versus Temperature and Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . PL-1
Estimation of Downhole Flow Rate from Surface Flow Rate (Oil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL-2
Estimation of Downhole Flow Rate from Surface Flow Rate (Gas) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL-3
Fluid Velocity - Flow Rate Nomograph (Liquid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL-4
Fluid Velocity - Flow Rate Nomograph (Gas) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL-5
Gas Formation Volume Factor - bg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL-6
Gas Density - Gas Gravity Nomograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL-7
APPENDIX
Blank Grid
Linear Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-1
2-Cycle Semi-Log Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-2
2 x 3 Cycle Log-Log Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-3
Logging Tool Responses to Common Minerals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-4a
APP-4b
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-5a
APP-5b
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-6a
APP-6b
APP-6c
APP-6d

vii * A mark of Halliburton

GENERAL
IDcsg : Casing Inner Diameter
ODcsg: Casing Outer Diameter
BH Fluid : Borehole Fluid
h : Bed Thic
Thickness
hcmt : Cement Thic
Thickness
hcsg : Casing Wall Thic
Thickness
Chart: GEN-2b (Depth - Temperature - Geothermal Gradient)

Applications: Determination of geothermal gradient and temperature at a given depth

Nomenclature: Tms . . . . . . . . . mean surface temperature

d . . . . . . . . . . depth
Td . . . . . . . . . . temperature at depth d
gG . . . . . . . . . geothermal gradient

Given: Tms = 60°F

T15,000 = 290°F

Find: gG and T10,000

Procedure: Since Tms = 60°F , use the second row of Temperature axis labels below the chart. Enter the chart from
the 290°F Point on this row, projecting vertically into the chart. From the 15,000-ft point on the Depth
axis, project horizontally into the chart. Using the point of intersection of the two projections, interpolate
between the 1.4°F/100-ft. and 1.6°F/100-ft Geothermal Gradient curve to find that the geothermal
gradient is about 1.53°F/100-ft. Construct the 1.53°F/100-ft Geothermal Gradient curve by drawing a
line passing through the upper left corner of the chart and the previously found intersection point.

To find T10,000, enter the chart at 10,000-ft on the Depth axis. Project horizontally into the chart to the
1.53°F/100-ft Geothermal Gradient curve, then vertically to the Temperature axis. From the second row
of Temperature axis labels, estimate the temperature yo be 213°F.

Answer: gG = 1.53°F/100 ft and T10,000 = 213°F

Notes: gG and Td can be calculated with the following equations:

Td2 - Td1 
gG = 100  
 d2 - d1 

Td = Tms + 0.01 (G•d)

Chart: GEN-3 (Rmf and Rmc Estimation from Rm)

Applications: Determination of mud filtrate and mudcake resistivities from mud resistivity and mud density

Nomenclature: Rm . . . . . . . . . mud resisitivity

Rmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake resistivity
Rmf . . . . . . . . . mud filtrate resistivity
ρm . . . . . . . . . mud density
Km . . . . . . . . . constant which depends upon mud density

Given: Rm = 1.2 ohm•m

ρm = 13 lb/gal

Find: Rmf and Rmc

Procedure: Enter the chart at 1.2 ohm•m on the Rm axis. Project vertically to the 13 lb/gal Rmf curve (solid) and the
13 lb/gal Rmc curve (dashed). From the Rmf curve, project horizontally to the Rmf axis, there estimating
Rmf to be 0.6 ohm•m From the Rmc curve, project horizontally to the Rmc axis, there estimating Rmc to
be 2.6 ohm•m

Answer: Rmf = 0.6 ohm•m and Rmc = 2.6 ohm•m.

Notes: You can calculate Rmf and Rmc from the following equations:

1.07
Rmf = Km • Rm

 Rm 2.65
Rmc = 0.69 • Rmf •  
 Rmf 

where you obtain Km from the table below.

Mud Density

(lb/gal) (kg/m3) Km
10 1198 0.847
11 1318 0.708
12 1438 0.584
13 1558 0.488
14 1678 0.412
16 1917 0.380
18 2157 0.350

References: Overton, W.L., and Lipson, L.B., “A Correlation of Electrical Properties of Drilling Fluids With Solid
Content,” AIME, 213, 332-336 (1958).
Chart: GEN-4 (Equivalent NaCl Concentrations from Ionic Concentrations)

Applications: Determination of the equivalent NaCl concentration of a solution when ions other than Na and Cl are
present (requires information from a chemical analysis of the solution)

Nomenclature: CX . . . . . . . . . actual concentration of ion X in a solution

CNaCl-eq.X . . . . . equivalent NaCl concentration of ion X in a solution
CNaCl-eq . . . . . . total equivalent NaCl concentration of all ions in a solution

Given: A solution with the following ionic concentrations:

CNa = 25,900 ppm
CCa = 14,400 ppm
CMg = 11,700 ppm
CCl = 100,150 ppm

Find: CNaCl-eq for the solution

Procedure: For each ion, you must find the appropriate multiplier by which you will multiply that ion’s concentration
to obtain its equivalent NaCl concentration. You will then add the equivalent NaCl concentrations for
all the ions to obtain the total equivalent NaCl concentration for the solution.

The multipliers for Na and Cl are both 1. You will use the chart to find the multipliers for Ca and Mg.

To determine where to enter the chart, add the concentrations of the four ions present to obtain a total
ion concentration of 152,150-ppm. Enter the chart at 152-kppm on the Total Solids Concentration axis.
Project vertically to the Mg and Ca curves. From the Mg curve, project horizontally to the Multiplier
axis, there estimating the multiplier for Mg to be -0.10. From the Ca curve, project horizontally to
Multiplier axis, there estimating the multiplier for Ca to be 0.55.

To calculate the equivalent NaCl concentration of the solution, multiply the ionic concentrations by the
appropriate multipliers and add the results.

Ion X Cx Multiplier CNaCl-eq.X

(ppm) (ppm)
Na 25,900 1 25,900

Ca 14,400 0.55 7,920

Mg 11,700 -0.10 -1,170
Cl 100,150 1 100,150

Solution Total 152,150 132,800

Answer: CNaCl-eq = 132,800 ppm.

References: Desai, K.P., and Moore, E.J., “Equivalent NaCl Determination from Ionic Concentrations,” The Log
Analyst, May-June, 1969.
Chart: GEN-5 (Resisitivity-Salinity-Temperature Conversions of NaCl Solutions)

Applications: 1. Determination of the resistivity of a solution at a given temperature when the solution’s NaCl
concentration is known, and vice versa
2. Determination of the resistivity of an NaCl solution at a given temperature when its resistivity at
another temperature is known

Nomenclature: Rw . . . . . . . . . water resistivity

Example 1

Given: Water with an NaCl concentration of 10,000 ppm

Find: Rw @ 300°F

Procedure: Enter the chart at 300°F on the lower Temperature axis. Project vertically to the 10,000-ppm NaCl curve,
then horizontally to the right-hand Resistivity axis, there estimating Rw to be 0.14 ohm•m.

Answer: Rw = 0.14 ohm•m @ 300°F

Example 2

Given: Rw = 0.7 ohm•m @ 200°F

Find: Rw at 100°F

Procedure: Enter the chart at 0.7 ohm•m on the right-hand Resistivity axis. Project horizontally to the 200°F line.
The point of intersection lies on the 3,000-ppm Salinity curve. Follow the 3,000-ppm Salinity curve until
it intersects the 100°F line, then project horizontally to the left-hand Resistivity axis, there estimating Rw
to be 1.4 ohm•m.

Answer: Rw = 1.4 ohm•m @ 100°F

Notes: Although less accurate, you can use the following equation to approximate such temperature-induced
changes in the resistivity of an NaCl solution.

 T1 + k 
R2 = R1  
 T2 + k 

where k = 6.77 when T1 and T2 are expressed in °F

k = 21.5 when T1 and T2 are expressed in °C

Reference: Arps, J.J., “The Effects of Temperature on the Density and Electrical Resistivity of Sodium Chloride
Solutions,” Trans. AIME, (1953) 198, 327-330.
Chart: GEN-6 (Formation Resistivity Factor versus Porosity)

Applications: Determination of formation resistivity factor for a given porosity and rock type (or formation factor
coefficient and cementation exponent)

Nomenclature: F . . . . . . . . . . formation resistivity factor

a ... . . . . . . . formation factor coefficient
m ... . . . . . . . cementation exponent
φ ... . . . . . . . porosity

Given: a=1
m = 1.8
φ = 20%

Find: F

Procedure: Enter the chart at 20% on the left-hand Porosity axis. Project horizontally to the m = 1.8 curve, then
vertically to the upper F axis, there estimating F to be 18.

Answer: F = 18

Note: In general, you can calculate F from

a
F=
φm

For granular or sandstone formations, use the Humble Equation:

0.62
F=
φ2.15
or

0.81
F=
φ2

For carbonate formations, use

1
F=
φ2
or, more generally,

1
F=
φm

For low porosity carbonate formations, use the Bigelow Equation:

0.62
F=
φ(2.05 - φ)
 φ

φ
φ

φ
φ
Chart: GEN-7 (Gas Density Estimation for Methane, CH4: Function of Temperature
and Pressure)

Applications: Approximation of the density, apparent density, and hydrogen index of methane, given its temperature
and pressure

Nomenclature: Tg . . . . . . . . . . gas temperature

Pg . . . . . . . . . . gas pressure
ρg . . . . . . . . . . gas density
ρga . . . . . . . . . apparent gas density (electron density)
IH . . . . . . . . . . hydrogen index of the gas

Given: Tg = 250°F
Pg = 6,400 psi

Find: ρg, ρga, and IH

Procedure: Enter the chart at 6.4 kpsi on the lower Pressure axis. Project vertically to a point midway between 200°F
and 300°F curves. This approximates a point on the 250°F curve. From this point, project left to the
Gas Density axis, there estimating ρg to be 0.26 g/cc. Then project to the right to the Apparent Gas
Density (ρga) and Hydrogen Index (IH) axis, there estimating ρga to be 0.158 g/cc and IH to be 0.5725.

Answer: ρg = 0.26 g/cc, ρga = 0.158 g/cc, and IH = 0.5725.

Notes: You can calculate ρga and IH from the following equations:

ρga = 1.33 ρg - 0.188

IH = 2.2 ρg
 ρ
ρ
SPONTANEOUS POTENTIAL
Chart: SP-1b (Spontaneous Potential: Bed Thickness Correction)

Applications: Determination of spontaneous potential corrected for bed thickness

Nomenclature: SP . . . . . . . . . spontaneous potential

SPcor . . . . . . . . spontaneous potential corrected for bed thickness
h .. . . . . . . . . bed thickness
Rs . . . . . . . . . . shoulder bed resistivity
Ri . . . . . . . . . . invaded zone resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
di . . . . . . . . . . invasion diameter
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: SP = -70 mV
h = 11 ft
Rs = 1.9 ohm•m
Ri = 90 ohm•m
Rm = 1.5 ohm•m
di = 14 in
dh = 77⁄8 in

Find: SPcor

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, calculate

Rs 1.9 ohm•m
= = 1.27 ≈ 1
Rm 1.5 ohm•m

di
= 14 in = 1.78 ≈ 2
dh 77⁄8 in
For use in the chart, calculate

Ri 90 ohm•m
= = 60
Rm 1.5 ohm•m

Enter the chart from the 77⁄8-in Hole Diameter line at the 11-ft point. Project vertically into the chart to
Ri SPcor
the = 60 curve, then left to the vertical axis, there estimating to be 1.52.
Rm SP

Calculate
SPcor
SPcor = SP • = (-70 mV) • (1.52) = -106.4 mV
SP

Answer: SPcor = -106.4 mV

References: Worthington, A.E., and Meldau, R.F., “Departure Curves for the Self-Potential Log,” AIME Paper
4701, Presented at the 32nd Annual Fall Meeting of the Society of Petroleum Engineers, Dallas,
Texas, Oct. 6-9, 1957.
Chart: SP-2 (Rwe Estimation from SSP)

Applications: Determination of equivalent formation water resistivity from static spontaneous potential

Nomenclature: T . .. . . . . . . . formation temperature

Rmfe . . . . . . . . equivalent mud filtrate resistivity at formation temperature
Rwe .. . . . . . . . equivalent formation water resistivity at formation temperature
SSP . . . . . . . . static spontaneous potential

Given: T = 200°F
SSP = -120 mV
Rmfe = 1.50 ohm•m

Find: Rwe

Procedure: Enter the chart along the SSP axis at -120 mV. Project vertically to the 200°F Temperature curve, then
R R
horizontally to the mfe axis, there estimating mfe to be 24.
Rwe Rwe
Calculate

 1 
Rwe = Rmfe •   = 1.50 ohm•m • 1 = 0.0625 ohm•m
 Rmfe/Rwe  24

Answer: Rwe = 0.0625 ohm•m

Notes: You can calculate Rmfe/Rwe from the following equation:

-7.567 • SSP
 460 + T 
Rmfe  
= 10
Rwe

with SSP in millivolts and T in °F.

References: Gondouin, M., Tixier, M.P., and Simard, G.L., “An Experimental Study on the Influence of the Chemical
Composition of Electrolytes on the SP Curve,” AIME Paper 4455, Presented at the Joint Meeting of
Rocky Mountain Petroleum Sections, Casper, Wyoming, May 17-18, 1956.
Chart: SP-3 (Rw Estimation from Rwe)

Applications: Determination of Rw from Rwe

Nomenclature: T . . . . . . . . . . formation temperature

Rwe . . . . . . . . . equivalent formation water resistivity at formation temperature
Rw . . . . . . . . . formation water resistivity at formation temperature

Given: T = 150°F
Rwe = 0.03 ohm•m

Find: Rw

Procedure: Enter the chart at 0.03 on the lower Rwe axis. Project vertically to the 150°F Temperature curve, then
horizontally to the left-hand Rw axis, there estimating Rw to be 0.0425 ohm•m.

Answer: Rw = 0.0425 ohm•m.

References: Gondouin, M., Tixier, M.P., and Simard, G.L., “An Experimental Study on the Influence of the Chemical
Composition of Electrolytes on the SP Curve,” AIME Paper 4455, Presented at the Joint Meeting of
Rocky Mountain Petroleum Sections, Casper, Wyoming, May 17-18, 1956.
Chart: SP-4 (Rw Estimation from SSP)

Applications: Determination of formation water resistivity from static spontaneous potential (an alternative method)

Nomenclature: T . . . . . . . . . . formation temperature

SSP . . . . . . . . static spontaneous potential
Rw . . . . . . . . . formation water resistivity at formation temperature

Given: T = 220°F
SSP = -80 mV
Rmf = 0.25 ohm•m

Find: Rw

Procedure: Enter the chart at 0.25 ohm•m on the Rmf axis. Project vertically into the chart and, using the temperature
curves as reference, estimate where the projection would intersect a 220°F curve. Project horizontally
from that point to the SSP axis, there estimating an SSP value of approximately -155 mV. Subtract the
logged SSP value (-80 mV) to this to obtain an SSP value of -75 mV. From -75 mV on the SSP axis,
project horizontally into the chart and, using the temperature curves again, estimate where the projection
would intersect a 220°F curve. Project vertically down from that point to the Rw axis, there estimating
Rw to be 0.034 ohm•m.

Answer: Rw = 0.034 ohm•m

References: Silva, Pedro, and Bassiouni, Zaki, “One Step Chart for SP Log Interpretation,” Paper Q, Transactions of
the Tenth Formation Evaluation Symposium, Canadian Well Logging Society, 1985.
GAMMA RAY
Chart: GR-1 (Gamma Ray Borehole Corrections)

Applications: Correction of gamma ray measurements for borehole effects

Nomenclature: dt . . ... . . . . . tool diameter

GR . ... . . . . . Gamma Ray
GRcor .. . . . . . Gamma Ray corrected for borehole effects
dh . . ... . . . . . borehole diameter
ρm . ... . . . . . mud density

Given: dt = 4 in
Tool centered in borehole
GR = 90 API units
dh = 10 in
ρm = 12 lb/gal

Find: GRcor

Procedure: Use the chart labeled “Tool Diameter = 4 in” Enter the chart on the Hole Diameter axis at 10-in. Project
GRcor
vertically to the “centered” 12 lb/gal Mud Weight curve, then horizontally to the axis, there
GR
GRcor
estimating to be 1.5. Calculate
GR

GRcor 
GRcor =   • GR = 1.5 • 90 API units = 135 API units.
 GR 

Answer: GRcor = 135 API units

Notes: GRcor can be calculated with the following equations:

GRcor 
GRcor =   • GR = 1.5 • 90 API units = 135 API units.
 GR 
Centered Tool

GRcor = GR • 0.8 + (-0.10855 + 0.019 ρm) • (dh - dt)

 
Eccentered Tool

GRcor = GR • 0.8 + (-0.10855 + 0.019 ρm) • (dh - dt)

 
In these equations, ρm is expressed in lb/gal and dh and dt are expressed in inches.
Chart: GR-2 (Spectral Gamma Ray (SGR) Borehole Corrections)

Applications: Correction of Spectral Gamma Ray measurements for borehole effects

Nomenclature: K . . ........ SGR Potassium measurement

U . . ........ SGR Uranium measurement
T . . ........ SGR Thorium measurement
Xcor . ........ SGR X measurement (K, U, or T) corrected for borehole effects
FX-E ......... X-measurement (K, U, or T) correction factor for effect E, where E can be m (mud) or
csg (casing)
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter (caliper measurement in open holes; tubular ID in cased holes)
hcsg . . . . . . . . . casing thickness

Given: K = 2%
U = 5 ppm
T = 7 ppm
ρm = 10 lb/gal
dh = 9.79 in (casing ID)
hcsg = 0.48 in
Tool centered in borehole

Find: Kh-cor, Uh-cor, and Th-cor

Procedure: First, note that

Kcor = FK-csg • FK-m • K
Ucor = FU-csg • FU-m • U
Tcor = FT-csg • FT-m • T

Use the chart labeled “CENTERED” to determine FK-m, FU-m, and FT-m. Enter the chart on the Borehole
Size axis at 9.79-in. Project vertically into the chart to the “B” family (ρm = 10-lb/gal) K, U, and T curves.
Then project horizontally from each of these curves to the Correction Factor axis, there estimating FK-m
to be 1.58, FU-m to be 1.48, and FT-m to be 1.42.

Use the chart labeled “CASING CORRECTIONS” to determine FK-csg, FU-csg, and FT-csg. Enter the chart
on the Casing Thickness axis at 0.48 in. Project vertically into the chart to the K, U, and T curves. Then
project horizontally from each of these curves to the Correction Factor axis, there estimating FK-csg to
be 1.46, FU-csg to be 1.37, and FT-csg to be 1.37.

Calculate
Kcor = FK-csg • FK-m • K = 1.46 • 1.58 • 2% = 4.61%
Ucor = FU-csg • FU-m • U =1.37 • 1.48 • 5 ppm = 10.14 ppm
Tcor = FT-csg • FT-m • T = 1.37 • 1.42 • 7 ppm = 13.62 ppm

Answer: Kcor = 4.61%, Ucor = 10.14 ppm, and Tcor = 13.62 ppm
Chart: GR-3 (Volume of Clay from Gamma Ray)

Applications: Determination of formation clay volume from gamma ray measurements

Nomenclature: GRmin . . . . . . . Gamma Ray in a clay-free (clean) zone

GRmax . . . . . . . Gamma Ray in a 100% clay zone
GR . . . . . . . . . Gamma Ray in zone of interest
Vcl . . . . . . . . . clay volume in zone of interest
GRnor . . . . . . . normalized Gamma Ray

Given: GRmin = 25 API units

GRmax = 95 API units
GR = 67 API units
Formation type: U.S. Gulf Coast sand

Find: Vcl

Procedure: First calculate GRnor as follows:

GRnor = (GR - GRmin ) / (GRmax - GRmin ) = (67 - 25) / (95 - 25) = 0.60
Either the Tertiary Clastics or the Steiber relation can then be used to determine Vcl.

To use the Tertiary Clastics relation, enter the chart at GRnor = 0.60 on the Normalized Gamma Ray
axis. Project vertically until reaching the Tertiary Clastics curve, then horizontally to the Volume of Clay
axis, there estimating Vcl to be approximately 0.30.

To use the Steiber relation, enter the chart at GRnor = 0.60 on the Normalized Gamma Ray axis. Project
vertically until reaching the Steiber curve, then horizontally to the Volume of Clay axis, there estimating
Vcl to be approximately 0.33.

Answer: Vcl = 0.30 from the Tertiary Clastics relation.

Vcl = 0.33 from the Steiber relation.

Notes: You can calculate Vcl from the following relations.

Tertiary Clastics:

Vcl = 0.083 (23.7GRnor - 1)

Steiber:

0.5
Vcl =
1.5 - GRnor

Clavier:

Vcl = 1.7 - 3.38 - (GRnor + 0.7)2

0.5

 
Consolidated and Mesozoic:

Vcl = 0.33 (22GRnor - 1)

Linear:

Vcl = GRnor
POROSITY
Chart: POR-1 (Borehole Curvature Corrections: Spectral Density Log (SDL))

Applications: Correction of SDL formation bulk density measurement for borehole curvature

Nomenclature: ρLOG . . . . . . . . SDL formation bulk density measurement as read on log

∆ρLOG-curv. . . . . SDL formation bulk density measurement correction for borehole curvature
ρLOG-cor.. . . . . . SDL formation bulk density measurement corrected for borehole curvature
ρm . . . . . . . . . . mud density
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: ρLOG = 2.70 g/cc

ρm = 14 lb/gal
dh = 12 in

Find: ρLOG-cor

Procedure: Use the chart labeled “ρm = 14-lb/gal (1680 kg/m3).” Enter the chart on the Borehole Diameter axis at
12-in. Project vertically into the chart and, using the ρLOG curves as reference, estimate where the
projection would intersect a ρLOG = 2.70-g/cc curve. From that point, project horizontally to the SDL
Correction axis, there estimating ∆ρLOG-curv = -0.0175-g/cc. Calculate

ρLOG-cor = ρLOG + ∆ρLOG-curv = (2.70 g/cc) + (-0.0175 g/cc) = 2.6825 g/cc

Answer: ρLOG-cor = 2.6825 g/cc

Notes: 1.0 g/cc = 1000 kg/m3

 ρ

ρ
ρ ρ

ρ
ρ ρ
ρ

ρ ρ

ρ
ρ
ρ
ρ

ρ
ρ

ρ ρ
ρ ρ

ρ
ρ
ρ ρ
ρ ρ

ρ ρ
ρ ρ

ρ ρ
ρ ρ
Chart: POR-4a (Open Hole Environmental Corrections: DSN-II*)
POR-4b (Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Environmental Corrections:
DSN-II*)

Applications: Correction of DSN-II* porosity for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φNLS* . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNLScor . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
φNQ* . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a quartz matrix, and
corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNQcor . . . . . . . φNQ corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
Σma . . . . . . . . . formation matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
dh . . ........ borehole diameter
hmc ........ mudcake thickness
Ch . . ........ borehole fluid salinity
ρm . ........ mud density
Th . . ........ borehole temperature
Ph . . ........ borehole pressure
tso . . ........ tool standoff
Cfm . ........ formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation
∆φx ......... porosity correction for factor x, where x may be dh (borehole diameter), hmc (mudcake
thickness), Ch (borehole fluid salinity), ρm (mud density), Th (borehole temperature),
Ph (borehole pressure), tso (tool standoff), and Cfm (formation fluid salinity in zone of
investigation)

Given: Neutron log was run in open hole and was not caliper-corrected.
Mineralogy is quartz.
Σma = 4.6 c.u.
φNLS = 32%
dh = 10.5 in
hmc = 0.5 in
Ch = 100 kppm NaCl
ρm = 10 lb/gal (natural mud)
Th = 125°F
Ph = 2,500 psi
tso = 0.5 in
Cfm = 150 kppm NaCl

Find: φNLScor

Procedure: On Chart POR-4a construct a vertical line segment connecting the 32% porosity point at the top and
the bottom of the Open Hole Borehole Diameter block.

On the Open Hole Borehole Diameter block, estimate the location of the 10.5-in Borehole Diameter line.
From the intersection of this line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow the trend of
the adjacent curves to the 8-in reference line. From there, project to the bottom of the block. Using
the distance between the projection and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φdh to be -3.0%.

Construct a vertical line segment connecting the borehole-diameter-corrected porosity point of 29% at
the top of the Mudcake Thickness block and the 29% porosity point at the bottom of the Borehole
Pressure block.

Following procedures analogous to those used in finding the borehole diameter correction, use the
remaining five blocks in Chart POR-4a to estimate ∆φhmc = -0.5%, ∆φCh = 0.80%, ∆φρm = 0.6%,
∆φTh = 1.5%, ∆φPh and = -0.3%.
 Proceed to Chart POR-4b. On the dh = 10.5-in Open Hole Borehole Standoff block, construct a vertical
line segment connecting the 29% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block. From the intersection
of the 0.5-in Open Hole Borehole Standoff line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow
the trend of the adjacent curves until reaching a point at the bottom of the block. From the distance
between this point and the vertical segment, estimate to be -3.0%.

To calculate φNLS, use

φNLS = φNLS + ∆φdh + ∆φhmc + ∆φCh + ∆φρm + ∆φTh + ∆φPh + ∆φtso

Thus, φNLS = 32% + (-3.0%) + (-0.5%) + (0.80%) + (0.6%) + (1.5%) + (-0.3%) + (-3.0%) = 28.1%.

Before correcting for formation salinity, you must convert φNLS to equivalent neutron quartz porosity, i.e.,
φNQ. To do this, enter Chart POR-12 at 28.1% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically
until intersecting the Σma = 4.6 c.u. Quartz curve, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating
φNQ to be 35.2%.

To correct for formation salinity, return to Chart POR-4b. On the Quartz Formation Salinity Block,
construct a vertical line segment connecting the 35.2% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block.
From the intersection of the 150-kppm line with this vertical segment, follow the trend of the curves down
to a point at the bottom of the block. Using the distance between the point and the vertical segment,
estimate ∆φCfm to be -1.0%.

To calculateφNQcor, use
φNQco = φNQ + ∆φCfm
Thus, φNQcor = 35.2% + (-1.0%) = 34.2%.

You obtain φNQcor by converting φNQcor to equivalent neutron limestone porosity. To do this, return to
Chart POR-12. Enter the chart at 34.2% on the Porosity axis, project horizontally to the Σma = 4.6 c.u.
curve, then vertically down to the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, there estimating φNLScor to be = 27.2%.

Answer: φNLScor = 27.2%.

Σ
φ

φ
Chart: POR-5a (Cased Hole Environmental Corrections: DSN-II*)
POR-5b (Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Environmental Corrections:
DSN-II*)

Applications: Correction of DSN-II* porosity for borehole effects

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φNLS . . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNLScor . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
φNQ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a quartz matrix, and
. . . . . . . . . . . . corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNQcor . . . . . . . φNQ corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
Σma . . . . . . . . formation matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter
hcsg . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness
hcmt . . . . . . . . cement thickness
Ch . . . . . . . . . borehole fluid salinity
ρm . . . . . . . . . mud density
Th . . . . . . . . . . borehole temperature
Ph . . . . . . . . . . borehole pressure
tso . . . . . . . . . . tool standoff
Cfm . . . . . . . . . formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation
∆φx . . . . . . . . . . porosity correction for factor x, where x may be dh (borehole diameter), hcsg (mudcake
thickness), hcmt (cement thickness), Ch (borehole fluid salinity), ρm (mud density),
Th (borehole temperature), Ph (borehole pressure), tso (tool standoff), and
Cfm (formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation)

Given: Neutron log was run in cased hole and was not corrected for borehole diameter, casing thickness,
and cement thickness.
Mineralogy is quartz.
Σma = 4.6 c.u.
φNLS = 24.5%
dh = 10.5 in (open hole)
hcsg = 0.4 in
hcmt = 1 in
Ch = 150 kppm NaCl
ρm = 10 lb/gal (natural mud)
Th = 150°F
Ph = 2,500 psi
tso = 0.25 in
Cfm = 100 kppm NaCl

Find: φNLScor

Procedure: On Chart POR-5a construct a vertical line segment connecting the 24.5% porosity point at the top and
the bottom of the Borehole Diameter block.

On the Borehole Diameter block, estimate the location of the 10.5-in Borehole Diameter line. From the
intersection of this line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow the trend of the adjacent
curves to the 8-in reference line. From there, project to the bottom of the block. Using the distance
between the projection and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φdh to be -2.5%.

Construct a vertical line segment connecting the borehole diameter corrected porosity point of 22% at
the top of the Casing Thickness block and the 22% porosity point at the bottom of the Borehole
Pressure block.

Follow analogous procedures using the remaining six blocks in Chart POR-5a to estimate
∆φhcsg -0.75%, ∆φhcmt= 0.9%, ∆φCh = 1.0%, ∆φρm= 0.4%, ∆φTh = 2.0%, and ∆φPh = -0.2%.
 To determine the tool standoff correction, proceed to Chart POR-5b. On the dh = 10.5-in Borehole
Standoff block, construct a vertical line segment connecting the 22% porosity points at the top and bottom
of the block. From the intersection of the 0.25-in Borehole Standoff line with the previously constructed
vertical segment, follow the trend of the adjacent curves until reaching a point at the bottom of the block.
From the distance between this point and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φtso to be -1.75%.

To calculate φNLS, use

φNLS = φNLS + ∆φdh + ∆φhcsg + ∆φhcmt + ∆φCh + ∆φρm + ∆φTh + ∆φPh + ∆φtso

Thus, φNLS = 24.5% + (-2.5%) + (-0.75%) + (0.9%) + (1.0%) + (0.4%) + (2.0%) + (-0.2%) + (-1.75%)=23.6%.

Before correcting for formation salinity, you must convert φNLS to equivalent neutron quartz porosity, i.e.,
φNQ. To do this, enter Chart POR-12 at 23.6% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically
until intersecting the Σma = 4.6 c.u. Quartz curve, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating
φNQ to be 30.4%.

To correct for formation salinity, use Chart POR-5b. On the Quartz Formation Salinity Block, construct
a vertical line segment connecting the 30.4% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block. From
the intersection of the 100-kppm line with this vertical segment, follow the trend of the curves down to a
point at the bottom of the block. Using the distance between the point and the vertical segment, estimate
∆φCfmto be -1.0%.

To calculate φNQcor, use

φNQcor = φNQ + ∆φCfm

Thus, φNQcor = 30.4% + (-1.0%) = 29.4%.

You obtain φNLScor by converting φNQcor to equivalent neutron limestone porosity. To do this, return to
Chart POR-12. Enter the chart at 29.4% on the Porosity axis, project horizontally to the Σma = 4.6 c.u.
curve, then vertically down to the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, there estimating φNLScor to be 22.7%

Answer: φNLScor = 22.7%.

Σ
φ

φ
Chart: POR-6a (Open Hole Environmental Corrections: CNT-K)
POR-6b (Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Environmental Corrections:
CNT-K)

Applications: Correction of CNT-K porosity for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φNLS* . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNLScor . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
φNQ* . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a quartz matrix, and
corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNQcor. . . . . . . . φNQ corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
Σma . . . . . . . . . formation matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter
hmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness
Ch . . . . . . . . . . borehole fluid salinity
ρm . . . . . . . . . mud density
Th . . . . . . . . . . borehole temperature
Ph . . . . . . . . . . borehole pressure
tso . . . . . . . . . . tool standoff
Cfm . . . . . . . . . formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation
∆φx . . . . . . . . . . porosity correction for factor x, where x may be dh (borehole diameter), hmc (mudcake
thickness), Ch (borehole fluid salinity), ρm (mud density), Th (borehole temperature),
Ph (borehole pressure), tso (tool standoff), and Cfm (formation fluid salinity in zone of
investigation)

Given: Neutron log was run in open hole and was not caliper-corrected.
Mineralogy is quartz.
Σma = 4.6 c.u.
φNLS = 32%
dh = 10.5 in
hmc = 0.5 in
Ch = 100 kppm NaCl
ρm = 10 lb/gal (natural mud)
Th = 125°F
Ph = 2,500 psi
tso = 0.5 in
Cfm = 150 kppm NaCl

Find: φNLScor

Procedure: On Chart POR-6a construct a vertical line segment connecting the 32% porosity point at the top and
the bottom of the Open Hole Borehole Diameter block.

On the Open Hole Borehole Diameter block, estimate the location of the 10.5-in Borehole Diameter line.
From the intersection of this line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow the trend of the
adjacent curves to the 8-in reference line. From there, project to the bottom of the block. Using the
distance between the projection and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φdh to be -3.0%.

Construct a vertical line segment connecting the borehole-diameter-corrected porosity point of 29% at
the top of the Mudcake Thickness block and the 29% porosity point at the bottom of the Borehole
Pressure block.

Following procedures analogous to those used in finding the borehole diameter correction, use the
remaining five blocks in Chart POR-6a to estimate ∆φhmc = -0.5%, ∆φCh = 0.80%, ∆φρm = 0.6%,
∆φTh= 1.5%, and ∆φPh= -0.3%.
 Proceed to Chart POR-6b. On the dh = 10.5-in Open Hole Borehole Standoff block, construct a vertical
line segment connecting the 29% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block. From the intersection
of the 0.5-in Open Hole Borehole Standoff line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow
the trend of the adjacent curves until reaching a point at the bottom of the block. From the distance
between this point and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φtso to be -3.0%.

To calculate φNLS, use

φNLS = φNLS + ∆φdh + ∆φhmc + ∆φCh + ∆φρm + ∆φTh + ∆φPh + ∆φtso

Thus, φNLS = 32% + (-3.0%) + (-0.5%) + (0.80%) + (0.6%) + (1.5%) + (-0.3%) + (-3.0%) = 28.1%.

Before correcting for formation salinity, you must convert φNLS to equivalent neutron quartz porosity, i.e.,
φNQ. To do this, enter Chart POR-13 at 28.1% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically
until intersecting the Σma = 4.6 c.u. Quartz curve, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating
φNQ to be 35.2%.

To correct for formation salinity, return to Chart POR-6b. On the Quartz Formation Salinity Block,
construct a vertical line segment connecting the 35.2% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block.
From the intersection of the 150-kppm line with this vertical segment, follow the trend of the curves down
to a point at the bottom of the block. Using the distance between the point and the vertical segment,
estimate ∆φCfm to be -1.0%.

To calculate φNQcor, use

φNQcor = φNQ + ∆φCfm

Thus, φNQcor = 35.2% + (-1.0%) = 34.2%.

You obtain φNLScor by converting φNQcor to equivalent neutron limestone porosity. To do this, return to
Chart POR-13. Enter the chart at 34.2% on the Porosity axis, project horizontally to the Σma = 4.6 c.u.
curve, then vertically down to the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, there estimating φNLScor to be 27.2%

Answer: φNLScor = 27.2%.

Σ
φ

φ
Chart: POR-7a (Cased Hole Environmental Corrections: CNT-K)
POR-7b (Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Environmental Corrections:
CNT-K)

Applications: Correction of CNT-K porosity for borehole effects

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φNLS* . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNLScor . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
φNQ* . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a quartz matrix, and
corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNQcor . . . . . . . φNQ corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
Σma . . . . . . . . . formation matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter
hcsg . . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness
hcmt . . . . . . . . . cement thickness
Ch . . . . . . . . . . borehole fluid salinity
ρm . . . . . . . . . mud density
Th . . . . . . . . . . borehole temperature
Ph . . . . . . . . . . borehole pressure
tso . . . . . . . . . . tool standoff
Cfm . . . . . . . . . formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation
∆φx . . . . . . . . . . porosity correction for factor x, where x may be dh (borehole diameter), hcsg (mudcake
thickness), hcmt (cement thickness), Ch (borehole fluid salinity), ρm (mud density),
Th (borehole temperature), Ph (borehole pressure), tso (tool standoff), and
Cfm (formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation)

Given: Neutron log was run in cased hole and was not corrected for borehole diameter, casing thickness,
and cement thickness.
Mineralogy is quartz.
Σma= 4.6 c.u.
φNLS = 24.5%
dh = 10.5 in (open hole)
hcsg = 0.4 in
hcmt = 1 in
Ch = 150 kppm NaCl
ρm = 10 lb/gal (natural mud)
Th = 150°F
Ph = 2,500 psi
tso = 0.25 in
Cfm = 100 kppm NaCl

Find: φNLScor

Procedure: On Chart POR-7a construct a vertical line segment connecting the 24.5% porosity point at the top and
the bottom of the Borehole Diameter block.

On the Borehole Diameter block, estimate the location of the 10.5-in Borehole Diameter line. From the
intersection of this line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow the trend of the adjacent
curves to the 8-in reference line. From there, project to the bottom of the block. Using the distance
between the projection and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φdh to be -2.5%.

Construct a vertical line segment connecting the borehole diameter corrected porosity point of 22% at
the top of the Casing Thickness block and the 22% porosity point at the bottom of the Borehole
Pressure block.

Follow analogous procedures using the remaining six blocks in Chart POR-7a to estimate
∆φhcsg = -0.75%, ∆φhcmt = 0.9%, ∆φCh = 1.0%, ∆φρm= 0.4%, ∆φTh= 2.0%, and ∆φPh = -0.2%.
 To determine the tool standoff correction, proceed to Chart POR-7b. On the dh = 10.5-in Borehole
Standoff block, construct a vertical line segment connecting the 22% porosity points at the top and bottom
of the block. From the intersection of the 0.25-in Borehole Standoff line with the previously constructed
vertical segment, follow the trend of the adjacent curves until reaching a point at the bottom of the block.
From the distance between this point and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φtso to be -1.75%.

To calculate φNLS*, use

φNLS* = φNLS + ∆φdh + ∆φcsg + ∆φhcmt + ∆φCh + ∆φρm + ∆φTh + ∆φPh + ∆φtso
Thus, φNLS* = 24.5% + (-2.5%) + (-0.75%) + (0.9%) + (1.0%) + (0.4%) + (2.0%) + (-0.2%) + (-1.75%) = 23.6%.

Before correcting for formation salinity, you must convert φNLS* to equivalent neutron quartz porosity,
i.e., φNQ*. To do this, enter Chart POR-13 at 23.6% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project
vertically until intersecting the Σma = 4.6 c.u. Quartz curve, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there
estimating φNQ* to be 30.4%.

To correct for formation salinity, use Chart POR-7b. On the Quartz Formation Salinity Block, construct
a vertical line segment connecting the 30.4% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block. From
the intersection of the 100-kppm line with this vertical segment, follow the trend of the curves down to a
point at the bottom of the block. Using the distance between the point and the vertical segment, estimate
∆φCfm to be -1.0%.

To calculate φNQcor, use

φNQcor = φNQ + ∆φCfm

Thus, φNQcor = 30.4% + (-1.0%) = 29.4%.

You obtain φNLScor by converting φNQcor to equivalent neutron limestone porosity. To do this, return to
Chart POR-13. Enter the chart at 29.4% on the Porosity axis, project horizontally to the Σma = 4.6 c.u.
curve, then vertically down to the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, there estimating φNLScor to be 22.7%

Answer: φNLScor = 22.7%.

Σ
φ

φ
Chart: POR-8a (Open Hole Environmental Corrections: HDSN)
POR-8b (Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Environmental Corrections:
HDSN)

Applications: Correction of HDSN porosity for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φNLS* . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNLScor . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
φNQ* . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a quartz matrix, and
corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNQcor . . . . . . . φNQ corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
Σma . . . . . . . . . formation matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter
hmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness
Ch . . . . . . . . . . borehole fluid salinity
ρm . . . . . . . . . mud density
Th . . . . . . . . . . borehole temperature
Ph . . . . . . . . . . borehole pressure
tso . . . . . . . . . . tool standoff
Cfm . . . . . . . . . formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation
∆φx . . . . . . . . . . porosity correction for factor x, where x may be dh (borehole diameter), hmc (mudcake
thickness), Ch (borehole fluid salinity), ρm (mud density), Th (borehole temperature),
Ph (borehole pressure), tso (tool standoff), and Cfm (formation fluid salinity in zone of
investigation)

Given: Neutron log was run in open hole and was not caliper-corrected.
Mineralogy is quartz.
Σma = 4.6 c.u.
φNLS = 32%
dh = 10.5 in
hmc = 0.5 in
Ch = 100 kppm NaCl
ρm = 10 lb/gal (natural mud)
Th = 125°F
Ph = 2,500 psi
tso = 0.5 in
Cfm = 150 kppm NaCl

Find: φNLScor

Procedure: On Chart POR-8a construct a vertical line segment connecting the 32% porosity point at the top and the
bottom of the Open Hole Borehole Diameter block.

On the Open Hole Borehole Diameter block, estimate the location of the 10.5-in Borehole Diameter line.
From the intersection of this line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow the trend of the
adjacent curves to the 8-in reference line. From there, project to the bottom of the block. Using the
distance between the projection and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φdh to be -3.0%.

Construct a vertical line segment connecting the borehole-diameter-corrected porosity point of 29% at
the top of the Mudcake Thickness block and the 29% porosity point at the bottom of the Borehole
Pressure block.

Following procedures analogous to those used in finding the borehole diameter correction, use the
remaining five blocks in Chart POR-8a to estimate ∆φhmc = - 0.5%, ∆φCh = 0.80%, ∆φρm = 0.6%,
∆φTh= 1.5%, and ∆φPh = -0.3%.
 Proceed to Chart POR-8b. On the dh = 10.5-in Open Hole Borehole Standoff block, construct a vertical
line segment connecting the 29% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block. From the intersection
of the 0.5-in Open Hole Borehole Standoff line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow
the trend of the adjacent curves until reaching a point at the bottom of the block. From the distance
between this point and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φtso to be -3.0%.

To calculate φNLS, use

φNLS = φNLS + ∆φdh + ∆φhmc + ∆φCh + ∆φρm + ∆φTh + ∆φPh + ∆φtso

Thus, φNLS = 32% + (-3.0%) + (-0.5%) + (0.80%) + (0.6%) + (1.5%) + (-0.3%) + (-3.0%) = 28.1%.

Before correcting for formation salinity, you must convert φNLS to equivalent neutron quartz porosity, i.e.,
φNQ. To do this, enter Chart POR-14 at 28.1% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically
until intersecting the Σma = 4.6 c.u. Quartz curve, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating
φNQ to be 35.2%.

To correct for formation salinity, return to Chart POR-8b. On the Quartz Formation Salinity Block,
construct a vertical line segment connecting the 35.2% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block.
From the intersection of the 150-kppm line with this vertical segment, follow the trend of the curves down
to a point at the bottom of the block. Using the distance between the point and the vertical segment,
estimate ∆φCfm to be -1.0%.

To calculate φNQcor , use

φNQcor = φNQ + ∆φCfm

Thus φNQcor = 35.2% + (-1.0%) = 34.2%.

You obtain φNLScorby converting φNQcor to equivalent neutron limestone porosity. To do this, return to
Chart POR-14. Enter the chart at 34.2% on the Porosity axis, project horizontally to the Σma= 4.6 c.u.
curve, then vertically down to the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, there estimating φNLScor to be 27.2%

Answer: φNLScor = 27.2%.

Σ
φ

φ
Chart: POR-9a (Cased Hole Environmental Corrections: HDSN)
POR-9b (Tool Standoff and Formation Salinity Environmental Corrections:
HDSN)

Applications: Correction of HDSN porosity for borehole effects

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φNLS . . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNLScor . . . . . . . φNLS corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
φNQ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a quartz matrix,
. . . . . . . . . . . . and corrected for borehole and standoff effects
φNQcor . . . . . . . φNQ corrected for borehole, standoff, and formation salinity effects
Σma . . . . . . . . . formation matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter
hcsg . . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness
hcmt . . . . . . . . . cement thickness
Ch . . . . . . . . . . borehole fluid salinity
ρm . . . . . . . . . mud density
Th . . . . . . . . . . borehole temperature
Ph . . . . . . . . . . borehole pressure
tso . . . . . . . . . . tool standoff
Cfm . . . . . . . . . formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation
∆φx . . . . . . . . . . porosity correction for factor x, where x may be dh (borehole diameter), hcsg (mudcake
thickness), hcmt (cement thickness), Ch(borehole fluid salinity), ρm (mud density),
Th (borehole temperature), Ph (borehole pressure), tso (tool stand off), and
Cfm (formation fluid salinity in zone of investigation)

Given: Neutron log was run in cased hole and was not corrected for borehole diameter, casing thickness and
cement thickness.
Mineralogy is quartz.
Σma = 4.6 c.u.
φNLS = 24.5%
dh = 10.5 in (open hole)
hcsg = 0.4 in
hcmt = 1 in
Ch = 150 kppm NaCl
ρm = 10 lb/gal (natural mud)
Th = 150°F
Ph = 2,500 psi
tso = 0.25 in
Cfm = 100 kppm NaCl

Find: φNLScor

Procedure: On Chart POR-9a construct a vertical line segment connecting the 24.5% porosity point at the top and
the bottom of the Borehole Diameter block.

On the Borehole Diameter block, estimate the location of the 10.5-in Borehole Diameter line. From the
intersection of this line with the previously constructed vertical segment, follow the trend of the adjacent
curves to the 8-in reference line. From there, project to the bottom of the block. Using the distance
between the projection and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φdh to be -2.5%.

Construct a vertical line segment connecting the borehole diameter corrected porosity point of 22% at
the top of the Casing Thickness block and the 22% porosity point at the bottom of the Borehole
Pressure block.

Follow analogous procedures using the remaining six blocks in Chart POR-9a to estimate
∆φhcsg = -0.75%, ∆φhcmt = 0.9%, ∆φCh = 1.0%, ∆φρm= 0.4%, ∆φTh = 2.0%, and ∆φPh = -0.2%.
 To determine the tool standoff correction, proceed to Chart POR-9b. On the dh = 10.5-in Borehole
Standoff block, construct a vertical line segment connecting the 22% porosity points at the top and bottom
of the block. From the intersection of the 0.25-in Borehole Standoff line with the previously constructed
vertical segment, follow the trend of the adjacent curves until reaching a point at the bottom of the block.
From the distance between this point and the vertical segment, estimate ∆φtso to be -1.75%.

To calculate φNLS, use

φNLS = φNLS + ∆φdh + ∆φhcmt + ∆φCh + ∆φρm + ∆φTh + ∆φPh + ∆φtso

Thus, φNLS = 24.5% + (-2.5%) + (-0.75%) + (0.9%) + (1.0%) + (0.4%) + (2.0%) + (-0.2%) + (-1.75%) = 23.6%.

Before correcting for formation salinity, you must convert φNLS to equivalent neutron quartz porosity, i.e.,
φNQ. To do this, enter Chart POR-14 at 23.6% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically
until intersecting the Σma = 4.6 c.u. Quartz curve, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating
φNQ to be 30.4%.

To correct for formation salinity, use Chart POR-9b. On the Quartz Formation Salinity Block, construct
a vertical line segment connecting the 30.4% porosity points at the top and bottom of the block. From
the intersection of the 100-kppm line with this vertical segment, follow the trend of the curves down to a
point at the bottom of the block. Using the distance between the point and the vertical segment, estimate
∆φCfm to be -1.0%.

To calculate φNQcor, use

φNQcor = φNQ + ∆φCfm

Thus, φNQcor = 30.4% + (-1.0%) = 29.4%.

You obtain φNLScor by converting φNQcor to equivalent neutron limestone porosity. To do this, return to
Chart POR-14. Enter the chart at 29.4% on the Porosity axis, project horizontally to the Σma = 4.6 c.u.
curve, then vertically down to the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, there estimating φNLScor to be 22.7%

Answer: φNLScor = 22.7%.

Σ
φ

φ
Chart: POR-10 (Porosity Determination: Bulk (Log) Density versus Porosity)

Applications: Determination of formation porosity from formation bulk density

Nomenclature: ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density

ρma . . . . . . . . . formation matrix density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
φ .......... formation porosity

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

ρb = 2.45 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρma = 2.71 g/cc
ρf = 1.0 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used.)

Find: φ

Procedure: Enter the chart on the Bulk Density axis at 2.45 g/cc. Project vertically to the ρma = 2.71 g/cc curve,
then horizontally to the ρf = 1.0 g/cc Porosity axis, there estimating φ to be 15.2%.

Answer: φ = 15.2%

Notes: You can calculate φ in decimal form from the following equation:
ρma - ρb
φ = ρ
ma - ρf

with ρma , ρb and ρf in g/cc.

 ρ
ρ
ρ

ρ
ρ
ρ
ρ
ρ
φ

ρ
Chart: POR-11 (Porosity Determination: Sonic versus Porosity)

Applications: Determination of porosity from sonic interval transit time

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tma . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix
∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
∆tsh . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in shale
Bcp . . . . . . . . . sonic compaction correction factor
φ . . . . . . . . . . formation porosity

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 90 µs/ft
∆tma = 55.6 µs/ft (quartz)
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used.)
∆tsh = 110 µs/ft

Find: Empirical φ and time-average φ

Procedure: To determine the empirical φ, enter the chart on the Interval Transit Time axis at ∆tc = 90 µs/ft. Project
vertically to the empirical Quartz curve, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating φ to be
26.7%.

To determine the time-average φ, calculate Bcp, noting that Bcp is defined as follows:
Bcp =1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . for limestones and dolomites
Bcp = 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . for sandstones where ∆tsh ≤ 100 µs/ft in adjacent shales
Bcp = ∆tsh/(100 µs/ft) . . . . . for sandstones where ∆tsh > 100 µs/ft in adjacent shales
So,

110 µs/ft
Bcp = = 1.1
100 µs/ft

Enter the chart on the Interval Transit Time axis at ∆tc = 90 µs/ft. Project vertically to the Bcp = 1.1 curve,
then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating φ to be 23.5%.

Answer: Empirical φ = 26.7%; time-average φ = 23.5%.

Notes: You can calculate the time-average φ in decimal form from the following equation:

∆tc - ∆tma
φ= 1
•
∆tf ∆tma
- Bcp

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956,
p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 φ

µ
µ
µ µ
µ µ
µ

∆
∆

µ
µ

µ
ρ

µ
µ
φ
Chart: POR-12 (Porosity Determination: Neutron Limestone Porosity versus Porosity
(DSN-II*))

Applications: Determination of formation porosity from DSN-II* porosity measurement based on a limestone matrix
and from knowledge of formation thermal neutron capture cross section

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
(corrected for environmental effects)
φ . . . . . . . . . . formation porosity
Σma . . . . . . . . . formation matrix thermal neutron capture cross section

Given: Lithology is sandstone

φNLS = 20% (from DSN-II* log)
Σma = 10 cu (typical of common sandstones)

Find: φ

Procedure: Enter the chart on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis at φNLS = 20%. Project vertically to the
SANDSTONE curve labeled Σma = 10.0 cu, then horizontally to the Porosity axis, there estimating φ to
be 24.8%.

Answer: φ = 24.8%
 φ

φ
Σ
 φ

φ
Σ
 φ

φ
Σ
φ

φ
φ

φ
Chart: POR-17 (Porosity Estimation in Hydrocarbon Zones)

Applications: Determination of formation porosity from neutron and density porosity measurements in hydrocarbon
zones.

Nomenclature: φNcor . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement for a given matrix corrected for borehole
and shale effects
φDcor . . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from density measurement for the same matrix corrected for borehole
and shale effects
φ′ . . . . . . . . . . formation porosity derived from combined neutron and density data in a hydrocarbon
zone but with no residual hydrocarbons in the flushed zone as seen by an Rxo device
φ .......... formation porosity derived from combined neutron and density data, and corrected
for hydrocarbon effects
∆φ′ . . . . . . . . hydrocarbon-effect correction to formation porosity derived from combined neutron
and density data and from saturation in the flushed zone
Shr . . . . . . . . . . formation residual hydrocarbon saturation

Given: φNcor = 15% (from DSN-II* log run on limestone matrix and corrected for borehole and shale effects)
φDcor = 22% (from density log run on limestone matrix and corrected for borehole and shale effects)
Shr = 50%

Find: φ

Procedure: On the nomograph to the left of the chart, construct the line segment joining the 15% porosity point on
the φNcor (DSN-II*, CNT-K, and HDSN) leg with the 22% porosity point on the φDcor leg. The segment
intersects the φ′ leg at 20.8%. From the 20.8% point on the φ leg, project horizontally into the chart
and use the Shr = 40% and Shr = 60% curves to estimate where the projection would intersect an
Shr = 50% curve. From that intersection point, project vertically to the ∆φ′ axis, there estimating ∆φ′ to
be -1.08%. Calculate

φ = φ′+ ∆φ′ = 20.8% + (-1.08%) = 19.72%

Answer: φ = 19.72%
φ φ

φ φ

∆φ
Chart: POR-18 (Saturation Estimation in Gas-Bearing Zones)

Applications: Estimation of porosity and flushed zone water saturation in gas-bearing zones

Nomenclature: T . . . . . . . . . . formation temperature

P .. . . . . . . . . formation pressure
φN . . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement
φD . . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from density measurement
φDN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined neutron and density data
Sxo . . . . . . . . . flushed zone water saturation

Given: T = 265°F
P = 10,300 psi
φN = 12%
φD = 32%

Find: φDN and Sxo

Assumptions for Determination of ρg Values

ρg Values Temperature Pressure ρf

ρg = 0.1339 g/cc 125°F (51.67°C) 2,500 psi (17.24 Mpa) 0.996g/cc

ρg = 0.2508 g/cc 275°F (135°C) 10,000 psi (68.95 Mpa) 0.960g/cc

Procedure: Since T = 265°F ≈ 275°F and P = 10,300 psi ≈ 10,000 psi, use the red curves in the chart. From
φN = 12% on the Neutron Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From φD = 32% on the Density
Porosity axis, project horizontally into the chart. The point of intersection of the two projections lies
between the φDN = 20% and φDN = 25% curves (red curves with northwest-southeast orientation) and
between the Sxo = 20% and Sxo = 40% curves (red curves with southwest-northeast orientation).
Interpolation between appropriate curve pairs yields φDN = 23% and Sxo = 28%.

Answer: φDN = 23% and Sxo = 28%.

Notes: In constructing this chart, it was assumed that methane, ethane, and propane comprised 97.46% of
the gas; i-butane, 0.96%; and the following miscellaneous components:

Miscellaneous Dry Gas

Components (Mol. %)

Nitrogen (N2) 0.11

Carbon Dioxide (CO2) 0.30

n-Butane (C4H10) 0.40

i-Pentane (C5 H12) 0.31

n-Pentane (C5 H12) 0.11
Hexanes (C6H14) 0.15
Heptanes Plus (C7H16,C8H18,C9H20, and 0.05+0.05+0.05+0.05 = 0.20
C10H22)
 φ

φ
φ

ρ
ρ

φ
Chart: POR-19 (Hydrocarbon Density Estimation)

Applications: Estimation of hydrocarbon density from neutron and density porosity measurements

Nomenclature: φNcor . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement for a given matrix corrected for borehole
and shale effects
φDcor . . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from density measurement for the same matrix corrected for borehole
and shale effects
Shr . . . . . . . . . formation residual hydrocarbon saturation
ρh . . . . . . . . . . formation hydrocarbon density

Given: φNcor = 15% (corrected for borehole and shale effects)

φDcor = 22% (corrected for borehole and shale effects)
Shr = 50%

Find: ρh
φNcor
Procedure: Use the upper chart since φNcor was obtained from a DSN-II* log. To determine the point on the
φDcor
axis at which to enter the chart, calculate

φNcor 15%
= =
φDcor 22% 0.68

Project vertically to the Shr = 50% curve, then horizontally to the Hydrocarbon Density axis, there
estimating ρh to be 0.54 g/cc.

Answer: ρh = 0.54 g/cc

 φN    φN
 φD -1 + Shr 1.87 + 0.72  φD
ρh =      Compensated Thermal Neutron
  φN
Shr  2.67 + 0.75 
  φD

 φN    φN
 φD -1 + Shr 1.17 + 0.72  φD
ρh =     
  φN Epithermal Neutron
Shr  1.67 + 0.75 
  φD

where φN and φD are expressed in percent and Shr is expressed in decimal form.
ρ

φ φ
ρ

φ φ
 POROSITY - MINERALOGY
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Dual Spaced Neutron-II (DSN-II*)
Common porosity logs respond not only to a formation’s pore fluids but also the formation’s mineralogy. Some
sedimentary rocks, such as those chemically precipitated, are essentially pure minerals. For example, many limestones
are comprised of pure calcite. On the other hand, some rocks, such as clastic sandstones and secondary dolostones,
can be extremely variable in mineralogy. Neutron/Thermal-Neutron tools are sensitive to the main mineralogy as well as
to any impurities in the rocks. This sensitivity can be described in part by the Thermal Neutron Capture Cross Section
of the solids, Σma.

Previous practice defined crossplot response curves based on observations of tool readings in blocks considered
representative of clay-free rock material. For logs recorded in liquid-saturated, mineralogically-pure rocks, this approach
may lead to points plotting slightly to the northwest of the appropriate curve. In the following set of Porosity-Mineralogy
Crossplots, Halliburton employed mathematical modeling and test pit data to establish neutron tool responses in the pure
minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite. These data are plotted as curves which define the northwestern edges of three
bands representing common ranges of clean field rock materials (sandstone, limestone, and dolostone). Σma labels
identify the response in specific field rocks. For example, Σma = 10.0 c.u. is often used to represent a typical sandstone,
while Σma = 4.6 c.u. describes a perfectly clean quartz matrix. In dolostones, Σma = 4.7 c.u. is thought to represent a
pure primary dolomite while Σma = 20.0 c.u. is considered more characteristic of secondary dolomitization.
Chart: CPDSN-II-1a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplot: Bulk (Log) Density versus Neutron
Porosity (DSN-II*), Fluid Density = 0.85 g/cc)

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from density and neutron logs

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
ΣQ . . . . . . . . . quartz matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
ΣC . . . . . . . . . calcite matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
ΣD . . . . . . . . . dolomite matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
φDN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined neutron and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

φNLS = 17% (from DSN-II* log environmently corrected)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)
ΣQ = 4.6 cu
ΣC = 7.1 cu
ΣD = 4.7 cu
Find: φDN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the Quartz and Calcite
curves on the chart as well as between the Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent minerals
can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the Quartz and
Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 19% porosity points on the two curves, indicating
that φDN = 19%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that the matrix
contains about 35% quartz and 65% calcite, with calcite having the higher percentage since the plotted
point is closer to the Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 20% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φDN = 20%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate
that the matrix contains about 70% quartz and 30% dolomite, with quartz having the higher percentage
since the plotted point is closer to the Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φDN = 19% and the mineralogy mix is approximately
35% quartz and 65% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then φDN = 20% and
the mineralogy mix is approximately 70% quartz and 30% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., quartz and calcite versus quartz and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.
 ρ

Σ
φ
 ρ

Σ
φ
 ρ

Σ
φ
Chart: CPDSN-II-2a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplot: Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic)

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from density and sonic logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
φSD . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

∆tc = 82 µs/ft
∆tf = 245 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)
ρb = 2.22 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used.)

Find: Empirical φSD and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From ∆tc = 82 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.22 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Calcite and
Quartz curves as well as between the empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent
minerals can be calcite and quartz, or calcite and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Calcite and Quartz curves. This line segment should connect the 26% porosity points on the two curves,
indicating that φSD = 26%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that
the matrix contains about 75% calcite and 25% quartz, with calcite having the higher percentage
since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 27.6% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSD = 27.6%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 85% calcite and 15% dolomite, with calcite having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, then empirically φSD = 26.0% and the mineralogy mix
is approximately 75% calcite and 25% quartz. If the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite,
then empirically φSD = 27.6% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 85% calcite and 15% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., calcite and quartz versus calcite and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆ µ
ρ

ρ
∆ µ µ

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ µ

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ µ

∆ µ
Chart: CPDSN-II-3 (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Sonic versus Neutron Porosity
(DSN-II*))

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from sonic and neutron logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φSN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and neutron logs

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh
muds are used)
φNLS = 21% (from DSN-II* log environmentally corrected)

Find: Empirical φSN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 21% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc= 74 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Quartz and
Calcite curves on the chart as well as between the empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the
constituent minerals can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Quartz and Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.8% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φSN = 22.8%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can
estimate that the matrix contains about 30% quartz and 70% calcite, with calcite having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.8% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSN = 22.8%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 55% quartz and 45% dolomite, with quartz having the
higher percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φSN = 22.8% and the mineralogy mix is
approximately 30% quartz and 70% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then
φSN = 22.8% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 55% quartz and 45% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., quartz and calcite versus quartz and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
µ

µ
∆
∆

∆ µ µ

φ
Chart: MIPDSN-II-4 (Mineral Identification Plot - ρmaa Determination)

Applications: Determination of apparent formation matrix density

Nomenclature: ρb . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density

ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix

Given: ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
φNLS = 17% (from DSN-II* log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: ρmaa

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. The point of intersection of
the two projections lies between the ρmaa = 2.66 g/cc and ρmaa = 2.68 g/cc curves. Use the intersection
point to interpolate between the two curves and estimate ρmaa to be 2.675 g/cc.

Answer: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

Notes: You enter the value of ρmaa that you determine from this chart into MIP-1 (Chart MIPDSN-II-7) or MIP-2
(Chart MIPDSN-II-8).
 ρ

ρ
ρ

φ
Chart: MIPDSN-II-5 (Mineral Identification Plot - ∆tmaa Determination)

Applications: Determination of apparent sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . . compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
∆tmaa . . . . . . . . apparent sonic compressional interval transit time of formation matrix
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74.0 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used.)
φNLS = 17% (from DSN-II* log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: ∆tmaa

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc = 74.0 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. The point of
intersection of the two projections lies very near the ∆tmaa= 52.5 µs/ft point. Thus, estimate ∆tmaa to be
52.5 µs/ft.

Answer: ∆tmaa = 52.5 µs/ft

Notes: You enter the value of ∆tmaa that you determine from this chart into MIP-1 (Chart MIPDSN-II-7).

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆

∆ µ µ

∆
µ

µ
∆
∆

φ
Chart: MIPDSN-II-6 (Mineral Identification Plot - Umaa Determination)

Applications: Determination of apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
Pem . . . . . . . . . modified photoelectric factor
Um . . . . . . . . . volumetric modified photoelectric factor
Umaa . . . . . . . . apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor
φta . . . . . . . . . apparent total formation porosity

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

φNLS = 17% (from DSN-II* log corrected for borehole effects)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 1.00 (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds are
used.)
Pem = 2.41

Find: Umaa

Procedure: Use φNLS = 17% and ρb = 2.34 g/cc in Chart CPDSN-II-1b to determine that φta = 19.2%. (Refer to the
example accompanying Chart CPDSN-II-1a for the procedure to use.)

To determine the point at which to enter the Um axis on the chart, use the nomograph at the bottom of
the page. Construct a line segment through ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the ρb leg and through Pem = 2.41 on the
Pem leg. Extend the segment to intersect the Um axis of the chart. The segment intersects the Um axis
at Um = 5.69.

From Um = 5.69 on the Um axis, project vertically into the chart. From φta = 19.2% on the φta axis, project
horizontally into the chart. The point of intersection of the two projections lies on the Umaa = 7.0 curve.
Thus, estimate Umaa to be 7.0.

Answer: Umaa = 7.0

Notes: You enter the value of Umaa that you determine from this chart into Chart MIP-2 (MIPDSN-II-8).
φ

ρ
Chart: MIPDSN-II-7 (Mineral Identification Plot (MIP-1) - ρmaa versus ∆tmaa)

Applications: Determination of formation mineralogy from the apparent density and apparent sonic compressional
interval transit time of the formation matrix

Nomenclature: ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density

∆tmaa . . . . . . . . apparent sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix

Given: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

∆tmaa= 52.5 µs/ft

Find: Formation mineralogy

Procedure: From ∆tmaa= 52.5 µs/ft on the ∆tmaa axis, project vertically into the chart. From ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc on
the ρmaa axis, project horizontally into the chart. The intersection of the two projections is located between
the quartz and dolomite points on the chart. Assuming that the formation is shale-free, the position of
the intersection point indicates that the formation mineralogy is approximately 60% quartz and 40%
calcite.

Answer: The formation matrix is comprised of approximately 60% quartz and 40% calcite.

Notes: If you know that the rock matrix is comprised of any three minerals shown on MIP-1, then you can
construct a proportionality triangle to determine the percentages of each.
 ρ ∆

∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ
Chart: MIPDSN-II-8 (Mineral Identification Plot (MIP 2) - ρmaa versus Umaa)

Applications: Determination of formation mineralogy from the apparent density of the formation matrix and from the
apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor.

Nomenclature: ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density

Umaa . . . . . . . . apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor.

Given: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

Umaa = 7.0

Find: Formation mineralogy

Procedure: From ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc on the ρmaa axis, project horizontally into the chart. From umaa = 7.0 on the
umaa axis, project vertically into the chart. The intersection of the two projections is located near the
quartz point on the chart. Thus, the formation mineralogy is most likely to be predominantly quartz.

If you assume the formation to be composed of only the primary minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
you can estimate the percentage of each by using the triangular figure in the chart. The previously found
point of intersection of the projections into the chart lies between the 60% and 80% Quartz lines (the
diagonally oriented lines running lower-left to upper-right) in the triangle. From the position of the point
between those two lines, you can estimate that the formation contains about 72% quartz. The intersection
point also lies between the 20% and 40% Calcite lines (the diagonally oriented lines running upper-left
to lower-right). From the point’s position between the Calcite lines, estimate that the formation contains
about 21% calcite. Finally, the point lies between the 0% and 20% dolomite lines (the approximately
horizontally oriented lines). From the point’s position between the Dolomite lines, estimate that the
formation contains about 7% dolomite.

Answer: The formation is predominantly quartz. If you assume that the formation contains only quartz, calcite,
and dolomite, then the mineralogy is approximately 72% quartz, 21% calcite, and 7% dolomite.

Notes: You can select any three minerals to form a proportionality triangle such as the one shown in the chart.
 ρ
ρ
 POROSITY - MINERALOGY
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Compensated Neutron Tool (CNT-K)
Common porosity logs respond not only to a formation’s pore fluids but also the formation’s mineralogy. Some
sedimentary rocks, such as those chemically precipitated, are essentially pure minerals. For example, many limestones
are comprised of pure calcite. On the other hand, some rocks, such as clastic sandstones and secondary dolostones,
can be extremely variable in mineralogy. Neutron/Thermal-Neutron tools are sensitive to the main mineralogy as well as
to any impurities in the rocks. This sensitivity can be described in part by the Thermal Neutron Capture Cross Section
of the solids, Σma.

Previous practice defined crossplot response curves based on observations of tool readings in blocks considered
representative of clay-free rock material. For logs recorded in liquid-saturated, mineralogically-pure rocks, this approach
may lead to points plotting slightly to the northwest of the appropriate curve. In the following set of Porosity-Mineralogy
Crossplots, Halliburton employed mathematical modeling and test pit data to establish neutron tool responses in the
pure minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite. These data are plotted as curves which define the northwestern edges of three
bands representing common ranges of clean field rock materials (sandstone, limestone, and dolostone). Σma labels
identify the response in specific field rocks. For example, Σma = 10.0 c.u. is often used to represent a typical sandstone,
while Σma = 4.6 c.u. describes a perfectly clean quartz matrix. In dolostones, Σma = 4.7 c.u. is thought to represent a
pure primary dolomite while Σma = 20.0 c.u. is considered more characteristic of secondary dolomitization.
Chart: CPCNT-K-1a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Bulk (Log) Density versus
Neutron Porosity (CNT-K), Fluid Density = 0.85 g/cc)

Applications: Determination porosity and mineralogy mix from density and neutron logs

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
ΣQ . . . . . . . . . quartz matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
ΣC . . . . . . . . . calcite matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
ΣD . . . . . . . . . dolomite matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
φDN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined neutron and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

φNLS = 17% (from CNT-K log corrected for borehole effects)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil based
muds are used)
ΣQ = 4.6 cu
ΣC = 7.1 cu
ΣD = 4.7 cu

Find: φDN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the Quartz and Calcite
curves on the chart as well as between the Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent minerals
can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the Quartz and
Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 19% porosity points on the two curves, indicating
that φDN = 19%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that the matrix
contains about 35% quartz and 65% calcite, with calcite having the higher percentage since the plotted
point is closer to the Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 20% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φDN = 20%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate
that the matrix contains about 70% quartz and 30% dolomite, with quartz having the higher percentage
since the plotted point is closer to the Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φDN = 19% and the mineralogy mix is approximately
35% quartz and 65% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then φDN = 20% and
the mineralogy mix is approximately 70% quartz and 30% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., quartz and calcite versus quartz and dolomite), you can use a Mineral
Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.
 ρ

Σ
φ
 ρ

Σ
φ
 ρ

Σ
φ
Chart: CPCNT-K-2a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic)

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from density and sonic logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
φSD . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

∆tc = 82 µs/ft
∆tf = 245 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)
ρb = 2.22 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used.)

Find: Empirical φSD and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From ∆tc = 82 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.22 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Calcite
and Quartz curves as well as between the empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent
minerals can be calcite and quartz, or calcite and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Calcite and Quartz curves. This line segment should connect the 26% porosity points on the two curves,
indicating that φSD = 26%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that
the matrix contains about 75% calcite and 25% quartz, with calcite having the higher percentage
since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 27.6% porosity points
on the two curves, indicating that φSD = 27.6%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment,
you can estimate that the matrix contains about 85% calcite and 15% dolomite, with calcite having
the higher percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, then empirically φSD = 26.0% and the mineralogy mix
is approximately 75% calcite and 25% quartz. If the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite, then
empirically φSD = 27.6% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 85% calcite and 15% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., calcite and quartz versus calcite and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ µ

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

ρ
∆

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ∝ µ

∆
Chart: CPCNT-K-3 (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Sonic versus Neutron Porosity
(CNT-K))

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from sonic and neutron logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φSN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and neutron logs

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used)
φNLS = 21% (from CNT-K log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: Empirical φSN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 21% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc = 74 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Quartz and
Calcite curves on the chart as well as between the empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the
constituent minerals can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Quartz and Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.8% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φSN = 22.8%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can
estimate that the matrix contains about 30% quartz and 70% calcite, with calcite having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.8% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φSN = 22.8%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can
estimate that the matrix contains about 55% quartz and 45% dolomite, with quartz having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φSN = 22.8% and the mineralogy mix is
approximately 30% quartz and 70% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then
φSN = 22.8% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 55% quartz and 45% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., quartz and calcite versus quartz and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
µ

µ
∆
∆

∆ µ µ

φ
Chart: MIPCNT-K-4 (Mineral Identification Plot - ρmaa Determination)
Applications: Determination of apparent formation matrix density

Nomenclature: ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density

ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix

Given: ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
φNLS = 17% (from CNT-K log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: ρmaa

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. The point of intersection of
the two projections lies between the ρmaa = 2.66 g/cc and ρmaa= 2.68 g/cc curves. Use the intersection
point to interpolate between the two curves and estimate ρmaa to be 2.675 g/cc.

Answer: ρmaa= 2.675 g/cc

Notes: You enter the value of ρma that you determine from this chart into MIP-1 (Chart MIPCNT-K-7) or MIP-2
(Chart MIPCNT-K-8).
 ρ

ρ
ρ

φ
Chart: MIPCNT-K-5 (Mineral Identification Plot - ∆tmaa Determination)
Applications: Determination of apparent sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
∆tmaa . . . . . . . . apparent sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74.0 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used.)
φNLS = 17% (from CNT-K log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: ∆tmaa

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc = 74.0 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. The point of
intersection of the two projections lies very near the ∆tmaa= 52.5 µs/ft curve. Thus, estimate ∆tmaa to
be 52.5 µs/ft.

Answer: ∆tmaa = 52.5 µs/ft

Notes: You enter the value of ∆tmaa that you determine from this chart into MIP-1 (Chart MIPCNT-K-7).

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆

∆ µ µ

∆
∆

φ
Chart: MIPCNT-K-6 (Mineral Identification Plot - Umaa Determination)

Applications: Determination of apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
Pe . . . . . . . . . . photoelectric factor
U .. . . . . . . . . volumetric photoelectric factor
Umaa . . . . . . . . apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor
φta . . . . . . . . . apparent total formation porosity

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

φNLS = 17% (from CNT-K log corrected for borehole effects)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 1.00 (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds are
used.)
Pe = 2.41

Find: Umaa

Procedure: Use φNLS = 17% and ρb = 2.34 g/cc in Chart CPCNT-K-1b to determine that φta = 19.9%. (Refer to the
example accompanying Chart CPCNT-K-1a for the procedure to use.)

To determine the point at which to enter the U axis on the chart, use the nomograph at the bottom of the
page. Construct a line segment through ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the ρb leg and through Pe = 2.41 on the Pe
leg. Extend the segment to intersect the U axis of the chart. The segment intersects the U axis at
U = 5.69.

From U = 5.69 on the U axis, project vertically into the chart. From φta = 19.9% on the φta axis, project
horizontally into the chart. The point of intersection of the two projections lies on the Umaa = 7.0 curve.
Thus, estimate Umaato be 7.0.

Answer: Umaa= 7.0

Notes: You enter the value of Umaa that you determine from this chart into MIP-2 (Chart MIPCNT-K-8).
φ

ρ
Chart: MIPCNT-K-7 (Mineral Identification Plot (MIP-1) ρmaa versus ∆maa)
Applications: Determination of formation mineralogy from the apparent density and apparent sonic compressional
interval transit time of the formation matrix

Nomenclature: ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density

∆tmaa . . . . . . . . apparent sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix

Given: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

∆tmaa= 52.5 µs/ft

Find: Formation mineralogy

Procedure: From ∆tmaa = 52.5 µs/ft on the ∆tmaa axis, project vertically into the chart. From ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc on
the ρmaa axis, project horizontally into the chart. The intersection of the two projections is located between
the quartz and dolomite points on the chart. Assuming that the formation is shale-free, the position of
the intersection point indicates that the formation mineralogy is approximately 60% quartz and 40%
calcite.

Answer: The formation matrix is comprised of approximately 60% quartz and 40% calcite.

Notes: If you know that the rock matrix is comprised of any three minerals shown on MIP-1, then you can
construct a proportionality triangle to determine the percentages of each.
 ρ ∆

∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ
Chart: MIPCNT-K-8 (Mineral Identification Plot (MIP 2) - ρmaa versus Umaa)

Applications: Determination of formation mineralogy from the apparent density of the formation matrix and from the
apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor.

Nomenclature: ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density

Umaa . . . . . . . . apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor.

Given: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

Umaa = 7.0

Find: Formation mineralogy

Procedure: From ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc on the ρmaa axis, project horizontally into the chart. From Umaa = 7.0 on the
Umaa axis, project vertically into the chart. The intersection of the two projections is located near the
quartz point on the chart. Thus, the formation mineralogy is most likely to be predominantly quartz.

If you assume the formation to be composed of only the primary minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
you can estimate the percentage of each by using the triangular figure in the chart. The previously found
point of intersection of the projections into the chart lies between the 60% and 80% Quartz lines (the
diagonally oriented lines running lower-left to upper-right) in the triangle. From the position of the point
between those two lines, you can estimate that the formation contains about 72% quartz. The intersection
point also lies between the 20% and 40% Calcite lines (the diagonally oriented lines running upper-left
to lower-right). From the point’s position between the Calcite lines, estimate that the formation contains
about 21% calcite. Finally, the point lies between the 0% and 20% dolomite lines (the approximately
horizontally oriented lines). From the point’s position between the Dolomite lines, estimate that the
formation contains about 7% dolomite.

Answer: The formation is predominantly quartz. if you assume that the formation contains only quartz, calcite,
and dolomite, then the mineralogy is approximately 72% quartz, 21% calcite, and 7% dolomite.

Notes: You can select any three minerals to from a proportionality triangle such as the one shown in the chart.
 ρ
ρ
 POROSITY - MINERALOGY
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Hostile Dual Spaced Neutron (HDSN)
Common porosity logs respond not only to a formation’s pore fluids but also the formation’s mineralogy. Some
sedimentary rocks, such as those chemically precipitated, are essentially pure minerals. For example, many limestones
are comprised of pure calcite. On the other hand, some rocks, such as clastic sandstones and secondary dolostones,
can be extremely variable in mineralogy. Neutron/Thermal-Neutron tools are sensitive to the main mineralogy as well
as to any impurities in the rocks. This sensitivity can be described in part by the Thermal Neutron Capture Cross
Section of the solids, Σma.

Previous practice defined crossplot response curves based on observations of tool readings in blocks considered
representative of clay-free rock material. For logs recorded in liquid-saturated, mineralogically-pure rocks, this approach
may lead to points plotting slightly to the northwest of the appropriate curve. In the following set of Porosity-Mineralogy
Crossplots, Halliburton employed mathematical modeling and test pit data to establish neutron tool responses in the pure
minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite. These data are plotted as curves which define the northwestern edges of three
bands representing common ranges of clean field rock materials (sandstone, limestone, and dolostone). Σma labels
identify the response in specific field rocks. For example, Σma = 10.0 c.u. is often used to represent a typical sandstone,
while Σma = 4.6 c.u. describes a perfectly clean quartz matrix. In dolostones, Σma = 4.7 c.u. is thought to represent a
pure primary dolomite while Σma = 20.0 c.u. is considered more characteristic of secondary dolomitization.
Chart: CPHDSN-1a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplot: Bulk (Log) Density versus Neutron
Porosity (HDSN), Fluid Density = 0.85 g/cc)

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from density and neutron logs

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
ΣQ . . . . . . . . . quartz matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
ΣC . . . . . . . . . calcite matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
ΣD . . . . . . . . . dolomite matrix thermal neutron capture cross section
φDN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined neutron and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

φNLS = 17% (from HDSN log environmently corrected)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)
ΣQ = 4.6 cu
ΣC = 7.1 cu
ΣD = 4.7 cu

Find: φDN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the Quartz and Calcite
curves on the chart as well as between the Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent minerals
can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the Quartz and Calcite
curves. This line segment should connect the 19% porosity points on the two curves, indicating
that φDN = 19%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that the matrix
contains about 35% quartz and 65% calcite, with calcite having the higher percentage since the plotted
point is closer to the Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 20% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φDN = 20%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate
that the matrix contains about 70% quartz and 30% dolomite, with quartz having the higher percentage
since the plotted point is closer to the Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φDN = 19% and the mineralogy mix is approximately
35% quartz and 65% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then φDN = 20% and
the mineralogy mix is approximately 70% quartz and 30% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., quartz and calcite versus quartz and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.
 ρ

Σ
φ
 ρ

Σ
φ
 ρ

Σ
φ
Chart: CPHDSN-2a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplot: Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic)

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from density and sonic logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
φSD . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

∆tc = 82 µs/ft
∆tf = 245 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)
ρb = 2.22 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil- based
muds are used.)

Find: Empirical φSD and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From ∆tc = 82 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.22 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Calcite and
Quartz curves as well as between the empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent
minerals can be calcite and quartz, or calcite and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Calcite and Quartz curves. This line segment should connect the 26% porosity points on the two curves,
indicating that φSD = 26%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that
the matrix contains about 75% calcite and 25% quartz, with calcite having the higher percentage since
the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 27.6% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSD = 27.6%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 85% calcite and 15% dolomite, with calcite having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, then empirically φSD = 26.0% and the mineralogy mix
is approximately 75% calcite and 25% quartz. If the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite, then
empirically φSD = 27.6% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 85% calcite and 15% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., calcite and quartz versus calcite and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆
ρ

ρ
∆ µ µ

∆
 ∆
ρ

∆ µ µ

∆
 ∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ µ

∆ µ
Chart: CPHDSN-3 (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Sonic versus Neutron Porosity
(HDSN))

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from sonic and neutron logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
φNLS. . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φSN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and neutron logs

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used)
φNLS = 21% (from HDSN log environmentally corrected)

Find: Empirical φSN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 21% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc = 74 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Quartz and
Calcite curves on the chart as well as between the empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the
constituent minerals can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Quartz and Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.8% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φSN = 22.8%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 30% quartz and 70% calcite, with calcite having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.8% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSN = 22.8%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 55% quartz and 45% dolomite, with quartz having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φSN = 22.8% and the mineralogy mix is
approximately 30% quartz and 70% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then
φSN = 22.8% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 55% quartz and 45% dolomite.

Notes: As long as the rock matrix is composed of two of the three common minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
the crossplotted porosity is relatively insensitive to the mineralogy mix. To resolve ambiguities regarding
which minerals are present (e.g., quartz and calcite versus quartz and dolomite), you can use a
Mineral Identification Plot.

Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
µ

µ
∆
∆

∆ µ µ

φ
Chart: MIPHDSN-4 (Mineral Identification Plot - ρmaa Determination)
Applications: Determination of apparent formation matrix density

Nomenclature: ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density

ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix

Given: ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
φNLS = 17% (from HDSN log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: ρmaa

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. The point of intersection of
the two projections lies between the ρmaa= 2.66 g/cc and ρmaa = 2.68 g/cc curves. Use the intersection
point to interpolate between the two curves and estimate ρmaa to be 2.675 g/cc.

Answer: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

Notes: You enter the value of ρmaa that you determine from this chart into MIP-1 (Chart MIPHDSN-7) or MIP-2
(Chart MIPHDSN-8).
 ρ

ρ
ρ

φ
Chart: MIPHDSN-5 (Mineral Identification Plot - ∆tmaa Determination)
Applications: Determination of apparent sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
∆tmaa . . . . . . . . apparent sonic compressional interval transit time of formation matrix
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74.0 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used.)
φNLS = 17% (from HDSN log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: ∆tmaa

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc = 74.0 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. The point of
intersection of the two projections lies very near the ∆tmaa = 52.5 µs/ft point. Thus, estimate ∆tmaa to be
52.5 µs/ft.

Answer: ∆tmaa = 52.5 µs/ft

Notes: You enter the value of ∆tmaa that you determine from this chart into MIP-1 (Chart MIPHDSN-7).

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).” Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆

∆ µ µ

∆
µ

µ
∆
∆

φ
Chart: MIPHDSN-6 (Mineral Identification Plot - Umaa Determination)

Applications: Determination of apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
Pem . . . . . . . . . modified photoelectric factor
Um . . . . . . . . . volumetric modified photoelectric factor
Umaa . . . . . . . . apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor
φta . . . . . . . . . apparent total formation porosity

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

φNLS = 17% (from HDSN log corrected for borehole effects)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 1.00 (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds are
used.)
Pem = 2.41

Find: Umaa

Procedure: Use φNLS = 17% and ρb = 2.34 g/cc in Chart CPHDSN-1b to determine that φta = 19.2%. (Refer to the
example accompanying Chart CPHDSN-1a for the procedure to use.)

To determine the point at which to enter the Um axis on the chart, use the nomograph at the bottom of
the page. Construct a line segment through rb = 2.34 g/cc on the ρb leg and through Pem = 2.41 on the
Pem leg. Extend the segment to intersect the Um axis of the chart. The segment intersects the Um axis
at Um = 5.69.

From Um = 5.69 on the Um axis, project vertically into the chart. From φta = 19.2% on the φta axis, project
horizontally into the chart. The point of intersection of the two projections lies on the Umaa = 7.0 curve.
Thus, estimate Umaa to be 7.0.

Answer: Umaa= 7.0

Notes: You enter the value of Umaathat you determine from this chart into Chart MIP-2 (MIPHDSN-8).
φ

ρ
Chart: MIPHDSN-7 (Mineral Identification Plot (MIP-1) - ρmaa versus ∆tmaa)
Applications: Determination of formation mineralogy from the apparent density and apparent sonic compressional
interval transit time of the formation matrix

Nomenclature: ρmaa . . . . . . . . apparent formation matrix density

∆tmaa . . . . . . . apparent sonic compressional interval transit time in formation matrix

Given: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

∆tmaa = 52.5 µs/ft

Find: Formation mineralogy

Procedure: From ∆tmaa = 52.5 µs/ft on the ∆tmaa axis, project vertically into the chart. From ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc on
the ρmaa axis, project horizontally into the chart. The intersection of the two projections is located between
the quartz and dolomite points on the chart. Assuming that the formation is shale-free, the position of
the intersection point indicates that the formation mineralogy is approximately 60% quartz and 40%
calcite.

Answer: The formation matrix is comprised of approximately 60% quartz and 40% calcite.

Notes: If you know that the rock matrix is comprised of any three minerals shown on MIP-1, then you can
construct a proportionality triangle to determine the percentages of each.
 ρ ∆

∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ
Chart: MIPHDSN-8 (Mineral Identification Plot (MIP 2) - ρmaa versus Umaa)
Applications: Determination of formation mineralogy from the apparent density of the formation matrix and from the
apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor.

Nomenclature: ρmaa . . . . . . . . formation matrix density

Umaa . . . . . . . . apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor.

Given: ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc

Umaa = 7.0

Find: Formation mineralogy

Procedure: From ρmaa = 2.675 g/cc on the ρmaa axis, project horizontally into the chart. From Umaa = 7.0 on the
Umaa axis, project vertically into the chart. The intersection of the two projections is located near the
quartz point on the chart. Thus, the formation mineralogy is most likely to be predominantly quartz.

If you assume the formation to be composed of only the primary minerals quartz, calcite, and dolomite,
you can estimate the percentage of each by using the triangular figure in the chart. The previously found
point of intersection of the projections into the chart lies between the 60% and 80% Quartz lines (the
diagonally oriented lines running lower-left to upper-right) in the triangle. From the position of the point
between those two lines, you can estimate that the formation contains about 72% quartz. The intersection
point also lies between the 20% and 40% Calcite lines (the diagonally oriented lines running upper-left
to lower-right). From the point’s position between the Calcite lines, estimate that the formation contains
about 21% calcite. Finally, the point lies between the 0% and 20% dolomite lines (the approximately
horizontally oriented lines). From the point’s position between the Dolomite lines, estimate that the
formation contains about 7% dolomite.

Answer: The formation is predominantly quartz. If you assume that the formation contains only quartz, calcite,
and dolomite, then the mineralogy is approximately 72% quartz, 21% calcite, and 7% dolomite.

Notes: You can select any three minerals to form a proportionality triangle such as the one shown in the chart.
 ρ
ρ
 POROSITY - MINERALOGY
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Dual Spaced Epithermal Neutron (DSEN*)
Chart: CPDSEN-1a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Bulk (Log) Density versus
Epithermal Neutron Porosity (DSEN*), Fluid Density = 0.85 g/cc)
Applications: Determination porosity and mineralogy mix from density and epithermal neutron logs

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
φDN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined neutron and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

φNLS = 17% (from DSEN* log corrected for borehole effects)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)

Find: φDN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the Quartz and Calcite
curves on the chart as well as between the Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent minerals
can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the Quartz and
Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 18.7% porosity points on the two curves, indicating
that φDN = 18.7%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that the matrix
contains about 40% quartz and 60% calcite, with calcite having the higher percentage since the plotted
point is closer to the Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 19.4% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φDN = 19.4%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can
estimate that the matrix contains about 75% quartz and 25% dolomite, with quartz having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φDN = 18.7% and the mineralogy mix is
approximately 40% quartz and 60% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then
φDN = 19.4% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 75% quartz and 25% dolomite.

Notes: Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.
 ρ

φ
 ρ

φ
φ
 ρ

φ
Chart: CPDSEN-2a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic)

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from density and sonic logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
φSD . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

∆tc = 82 µs/ft
∆tf = 245 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)
ρb = 2.22 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used.)

Find: Empirical φSD and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From ∆tc = 82 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.22 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Calcite and
Quartz curves as well as between the empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent
minerals can be calcite and quartz, or calcite and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Calcite and Quartz curves. This line segment should connect the 26% porosity points on the two curves,
indicating that φSD = 26%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that
the matrix contains about 75% calcite and 25% quartz, with calcite having the higher percentage
since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 27.6% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSD = 27.6%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 85% calcite and 15% dolomite, with calcite having the
higher percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, then empirically φSD = 26.0% and the mineralogy mix
is approximately 75% calcite and 25% quartz. If the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite, then
empirically φSD = 27.6% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 85% calcite and 15% dolomite.

Notes: Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆ µ
ρ

ρ
∆ µ µ

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

ρ
∆ µ µ

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ µ

∆ µ
Chart: CPDSEN-3 (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Sonic versus Epithermal Neutron
Porosity (DSEN*))

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from sonic and epithermal neutron logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φSN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and neutron logs

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used)
φNLS = 21% (from DSEN* log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: Empirical φSN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 21% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc= 74 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Quartz and
Calcite curves on the chart as well as between the empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the
constituent minerals can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Quartz and Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.7% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φSN = 22.7%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can
estimate that the matrix contains about 30% quartz and 70% calcite, with calcite having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 22.5% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSN = 22.5%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 55% quartz and 45% dolomite, with quartz having the
higher percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φSN = 22.7% and the mineralogy mix is
approximately 30% quartz and 70% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then
φSN = 22.5% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 55% quartz and 45% dolomite.

Notes: Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
µ

µ
∆
∆

∆ µ µ

φ
 POROSITY - MINERALOGY
Porosity - Mineralogy associated with Sidewall Neutron (SNL)
Chart: CPSNL-1a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Bulk (Log) Density versus
Epithermal Neutron Porosity (SNL), Fluid Density = 0.85 g/cc)

Applications: Determination porosity and mineralogy mix from density and epithermal neutron logs

Nomenclature: φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density in zone of investigation
φDN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined neutron and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

φNLS = 17% (from SNL log corrected for borehole effects)
ρb = 2.34 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)

Find: φDN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 17% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.34 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the Quartz and Calcite
curves on the chart as well as between the Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent minerals
can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the Quartz and
Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 18.5% porosity points on the two curves, indicating
that φDN = 18.5%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that the matrix
contains about 55% quartz and 45% calcite, with quartz having the higher percentage since the plotted
point is closer to the Quartz curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 18.7% porosity points on the two
curves, indicating that φDN = 18.7%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can
estimate that the matrix contains about 85% quartz and 15% dolomite, with quartz having the higher
percentage since the plotted point is closer to the Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φDN = 18.5% and the mineralogy mix is
approximately 55% quartz and 45% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then
φDN = 18.7% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 85% quartz and 15% dolomite.

Notes: Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.
 ρ

φ
 ρ

φ
 ρ

φ
Chart: CPSNL-2a (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Bulk (Log) Density versus Sonic)

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from density and sonic logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
ρb . . . . . . . . . . formation bulk density
ρf . . . . . . . . . . formation fluid density
φSD . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and density data

Given: Borehole fluid is oil-based mud.

∆tc = 82 µs/ft
∆tf = 245 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used)
ρb = 2.22 g/cc (from density log corrected for borehole effects)
ρf = 0.85 g/cc (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when oil-based
muds are used.)

Find: Empirical φSD and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From ∆tc= 82 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project vertically into the chart. From
ρb = 2.22 g/cc on the Bulk Density axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Calcite and
Quartz curves as well as between the empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. Thus, the constituent
minerals can be calcite and quartz, or calcite and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Calcite and Quartz curves. This line segment should connect the 26% porosity points on the two curves,
indicating that φSD = 26%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that
the matrix contains about 75% calcite and 25% quartz, with calcite having the higher percentage since
the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Calcite and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 27.6% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSD = 27.6%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 85% calcite and 15% dolomite, with calcite having the
higher percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are calcite and quartz, then empirically φSD = 26.0% and the mineralogy mix
is approximately 75% calcite and 25% quartz. If the constituent minerals are calcite and dolomite,
then empirically φSD = 27.6% and the mineralogy mix is approximately 85% calcite and 15% dolomite.

Notes: Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
 ∆ µ
ρ

ρ
∆ µ µ

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

ρ
∆ µ µ

∆ µ
 ∆ µ
ρ

∆ µ µ

∆ µ
Chart: CPSNL-3 (Porosity-Mineralogy Crossplots: Sonic versus Epithermal Neutron
Porosity (SNL))

Applications: Determination of porosity and mineralogy mix from sonic and epithermal neutron logs

Nomenclature: ∆tc . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation

∆tf . . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in formation fluid in zone of investigation
φNLS . . . . . . . . formation porosity from neutron measurement made assuming a limestone matrix
φSN . . . . . . . . . formation porosity from combined sonic and neutron logs

Given: Borehole fluid is fresh mud.

∆tc = 74 µs/ft
∆tf = 189 µs/ft (Estimated. This is a reasonable value for pore fluids near the wellbore when fresh muds
are used)
φNLS = 21% (from SNL log corrected for borehole effects)

Find: Empirical φSN and formation mineralogy mix

Procedure: From φNLS = 21% on the Neutron Limestone Porosity axis, project vertically into the chart. From
∆tc = 74 µs/ft on the Interval Transit Time axis, project horizontally into the chart. Note that the point of
intersection of the two projections (later called the plotted point) lies between the empirical Quartz and
Calcite curves on the chart as well as between the empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. Thus, the
constituent minerals can be quartz and calcite, or quartz and dolomite.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite,construct
a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the empirical
Quartz and Calcite curves. This line segment should connect the 22% porosity points on the two curves,
indicating that φSN = 22%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you can estimate that
the matrix contains about 30% quartz and 70% calcite, with calcite having the higher percentage since
the plotted point is closer to the empirical Calcite curve.

To determine the porosity and mineralogy mix if the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite,
construct a line segment containing the plotted point and connecting points of equal porosity on the
empirical Quartz and Dolomite curves. This line segment should connect the 21.5% porosity points on
the two curves, indicating that φSN = 21.5%. By using the plotted point to proportion the segment, you
can estimate that the matrix contains about 55% quartz and 45% dolomite, with quartz having the
higher percentage since the plotted point is closer to the empirical Quartz curve.

Answer: If the constituent minerals are quartz and calcite, then φSN = 22% and the mineralogy mix is approximately
30% quartz and 70% calcite. If the constituent minerals are quartz and dolomite, then φSN = 21.5% and
the mineralogy mix is approximately 55% quartz and 45% dolomite.

Notes: Individual crossplots of two porosity logs define the mineralogy percentage mix for two known minerals.
Three minerals require three porosity logs. More minerals require more measurements.

Reference: Wyllie, M.R.J., “Elastic Wave Velocities in Heterogenous and Porous Media,” Geophysics, Vol. 21, 1956, p. 41.

Krief, M., Garat, J., Stellingwerff, J., and Ventre, J.: “A Petrophysical Interpretation Using the Velocities
of P and S Waves (Full-Waveform Sonic).”Presented at the 12th International Formation Evaluation
Symposium, Paris, France, Oct. 24-27, 1989, paper HH.
µ

µ
∆
∆

∆ µ µ

φ
MICRORESISTIVITY
Chart: Rxo-1 (Microspherically Focused Log Mudcake Correction)

Applications: Correction of Microspherically Focused resistivity for mudcake effects

Nomenclature: RMSFL . . . . . . . . Microspherically Focused resistivity

RMSFLcor . . . . . . Microspherically Focused resistivity corrected for mudcake effects
Rmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake resistivity at formation temperature
hmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness

Given: RMSFL = 14 ohm•m

Rmc = 1 ohm•m
hmc = 0.175 in

Find: RMSFLcor
RMSFL
Procedure: To determine the point on the axis at which to enter the chart, calculate
Rmc

RMSFL 14 ohm•m
= = 14
Rmc 1 ohm•m

Project vertically into the chart and use the hmc = 0.0 in and hmc = 0.25 in curves to estimate where the
projection would intersect an hmc = 0.175 in curve. From that intersection point, project horizontally to
R R
the MSFLcor axis, there estimating MSFLcor to be 0.88. Calculate
RMSFL RMSFL

RMSFLcor
RMSFLcor =   • RMSFL = 0.88 • 14 ohm•m = 12.32 ohm•m
 RMSFL 

Answer: RMSFLcor = 12.32 ohm•m

Chart: Rxo-2 (Microguard Mudcake Correction)

Applications: Correction of Microguard resistivity for mudcake effects

Nomenclature: RMG . . . . . . . . Microguard resistivity

RMGcor . . . . . . . Microguard resistivity corrected for mudcake effects
Rmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake resistivity at formation temperature
hmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness

Given: RMG = 17 ohm•m

Rmc = 2.1 ohm•m
hmc = 0.25 in

Find: RMGcor
RMG
Procedure: To determine the point on the axis at which to enter the chart, calculate
Rmc

RMG
= 8.1
Rmc

RMGcor
Project vertically to the hmc = 0.25 in curve, then horizontally to the axis, there estimating
RMG
RMGcor
to be 1.17. Calculate
RMG

 RMGcor 
RMGcor =   • RMG = 1.17 • 17 ohm•m = 19.89 ohm•m
 RMG 

Answer: RMGcor= 19.89 ohm•m

RESISTIVITY - INDUCTION
Dual Induction Log - Short Guard
Chart: DILTA-1 (Dual Induction-Short Guard Borehole Correction: Short Guard)

Applications: Correction of Short Guard resistivity for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RSG . . . . . . . Short Guard resistivity measurement

RSGcor . . . . . . Short Guard resistivity measurement corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RSG = 77 ohm•m

Rm = 2.2 ohm•m
dh = 11 in
Tool Standoff = 0.0 in

Find: RSGcor
RSG
Procedure: Since the standoff is 0.0 in, use the center chart. To determine the point on the axis at which to
Rm
enter the chart, calculate

RSG 77 ohm•m
= = 35
Rm 2.2 ohm•m

Project vertically into the chart and use the dh = 10 in and dh = 12 in curves to estimate where the
projection would intersect a dh = 11 in curve. From that intersection point, project horizontally to the
RSGcor RSGcor
axis, there estimating to be 1.45. Calculate
RSG RSG

 RSGcor 
RSGcor =   • RSG = 1.45 • 77 ohm•m = 111.65 ohm•m
 RSG 

Answer: RSGcor = 111.65 ohm•m

 Tool is Centered, Thick Beds

Tool is Eccentered, Thick Beds

Tool Standoff = 1.5 inch, Thick Beds

ECL - 3.0
DILTA-1
Chart: DILTA-2 (Dual Induction-Short Guard Borehole Corrections: Deep and Medium)

Applications: Correction of Dual Induction deep and medium resistivities for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RILD . . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity

RILDcor . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
Gh-ILD . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity borehole geometrical factor
σh-ILD . . . . . . Dual Induction deep conductivity borehole signal
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RILD = 13 ohm•m

Rm = 0.25 ohm•m
dh = 14 in
Standoff = 1.5 in

Find: RILDcor

Procedure: Enter the chart at 14.0-in on the Borehole Diameter axis. Project vertically to the 1.5-in Deep Induction
Standoff curve (solid curve), then horizontally to the right edge of the grid. (By projecting left to the
Borehole Geometrical Factor axis, you can estimate Gh-ILD to be 0.00215.) From the point just
determined on the right-hand side of the grid, project through the 0.25 ohm•m point on the Rm line to
the Borehole Signal axis, there estimating σh-ILD to be 8.5 mmho/m.

Use

1000 (1 - Gh–ILD)
RILDcor =
1000 
 RILD  – σh–ILD
 

to calculate RILDcor.

1000 (1 - .00215)
RILDcor = = 14.59 ohm•m
 1000 
 13 ohm•m - 8.5 mmho/m
 

Answer: RILDcor = 14.59 ohm•m

Notes: After determining Gh-ILD from the chart, you can calculate RILDcor directly from the following equation:

Rm • RILD (1 - Gh-ILD)
RILDcor =
Rm - RILD • Gh-ILD

With this equation, it is not necessary to determine σh-ILD from the chart.

You can correct the Dual Induction medium resistivity with procedures and equations analogous to those
used above for the deep resistivity. Use the dashed standoff curves.
σ
Chart: DILTA-3a (Dual Induction-Short Guard Bed Thickness Corrections: Deep and
Medium)

Applications: Correction of Dual Induction deep and medium resistivities for bed thickness

Nomenclature: RILD . . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity

RILDcor . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity corrected for shoulder bed effects
Rs . . . . . . . . shoulder bed resistivity
h ... . . . . . thickness of bed in which RILD measurement to be corrected was made

Given: RILD = 13 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Rs = 1.2 ohm•m (from Dual Induction deep resistivity in shoulder bed)
h = 13 ft

Find: RILDcor

Procedure: Since Rs = 1.2 ohm•m ≈ 1 ohm•m, use the upper left chart. Enter the chart at 13 ft on the Bed Thickness
axis. Project vertically into the chart and use the RILDcor = 10 ohm•m and RILD = 15 ohm•m curves to
estimate where the projection would intersect a RILD = 13 ohm•m curve. From that intersection point,
project horizontally to the RILDcoraxis, there estimating RILDcor to be 22 ohm•m.

Answer: RILDcor = 22 ohm•m

Notes: You can correct the Dual Induction medium resistivity with procedures analogous to those used above
for the deep resistivity. Use the lower charts.
Chart: DILTA-4b (Dual Induction-Short Guard Invasion Corrections: Rxo/Rm = 100)

Applications: Determination of true formation resistivity, flushed zone resistivity, and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RILD . . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity

RILM . . . . . . . Dual Induction medium resistivity
RSG . . . . . . . Short Guard resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RILD = 16 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RILM = 22 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RSG = 90 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)
Rxo = 141 ohm•m
Rm = 1.5 ohm•m

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use an Rxo device such as an MSFL tool to obtain
R
the Rxo value needed in calculating xo :
Rm
Rxo 141 ohm•m
= = 94 ≈100
Rm 1.5 ohm•m

For use in the chart, calculate

RILM 22 ohm•m
= = 1.375
RILD 16 ohm•m
RSG
= 90 ohm m = 5.625
•
RILD 16 ohm•m
R R
Starting at 1.375 on the ILM axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 5.625 on the SG axis,
RILD RILD
project horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt R
Use the intersection point to interpolate between the = 0.9 and t = 0.95 curves (solid red,
RILD RILD
Rt
vertically oriented curves) and estimate to be 0.93. Calculate
RILD

 Rt 
Rt =   • RILD = 0.93 • 16 ohm•m = 14.88 ohm•m
 RILD 
Rxo R
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the = 10 and xo = 15 curves (solid,
Rt Rt
Rxo
horizontally oriented curves), and estimate to be 10.01. Calculate
Rt

 Rxo 
Rxo =   • Rt = 10.01 • 14.88 ohm•m = 148.95 ohm•m
 Rt 

Use the intersection point once more, this time to interpolate between the di = 40 in and di = 50 in curves
(dashed, vertically oriented curves), and estimate di to be 44 in.

Answer: Rt = 14.88 ohm•m , Rxo = 148.95 ohm•m, and di = 44 in.

RESISTIVITY - INDUCTION
Dual Induction Log - Laterolog 3
Chart: DIL-1 (Dual Induction-Laterolog 3 Borehole Correction: Laterolog)

Applications: Correction of Laterolog 3 resistivity for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RLL3 . .. . . . . Laterolog 3 resistivity

RLL3cor . . . . . Laterolog 3 resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . .. . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
dh . . .. . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RLL3 = 31 ohm•m

Rm = 0.91 ohm•m
dh = 11 in
Standoff = 0.0 in

Find: RLL3cor
RLL3
Procedure: Since the standoff is 0.0 in, use the center chart.To determine the point on the axis at which to
Rm
enter the chart, calculate

RLL3
= 31 ohm m = 34.07
•
Rm 0.91 ohm•m
Project vertically into the chart and use the dh = 10 in and dh = 12 in curves (use the solid curves since
the standoff is 1.5 in) to estimate where the projection would intersect a dh = 11 in curve. From that
R R
intersection point, project horizontally to the LL3cor axis, there estimating LL3cor to be 1.23. Calculate
RLL3 RLL3

 RLL3cor 
RLL3cor =   • RLL3 = 1.23 • 31 ohm•m = 38.13 ohm•m
 RLL3 

Answer: RLL3cor = 38.13 ohm•m

Chart: DIL-2 (Dual Induction-Laterolog 3 Borehole Corrections: Deep and Medium)

Applications: Correction of Dual Induction deep and medium resistivities for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RILD . . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity

RILDcor . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
Gh-ILD . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity borehole geometrical factor
σh-ILD . . . . . . Dual Induction deep conductivity borehole signal
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RILD = 13 ohm•m

Rm = 0.25 ohm•m
dh = 14 in
Standoff = 1.5 in

Find: RILDcor

Procedure: Enter the chart at 14.0-in on the Borehole Diameter axis. Project vertically to the 1.5-in Deep Induction
Standoff curve (solid curve), then horizontally to the right edge of the grid. (By projecting left to the
Borehole Geometrical Factor axis, you can estimate Gh-ILD to be 0.00165.) From the point just
determined on the right-hand side of the grid, project through the 0.25 ohm•m point on the Rm line to the
Borehole Signal axis, there estimating σh-ILD to be 6.8 mmho/m.

Use

1000 (1 - Gh–ILD)
RILDcor =
1000 
 RILD  – σh–ILD
 
to calculate RILDcor .

1000 (1 - .00165)
RILDcor = = 14.24 ohm•m
 1000 
 13 ohm•m - 6.8 mmho/m
 

Answer: RILDcor = 14.24 ohm•m

Notes: After determining Gh-ILD from the chart, you can calculate RILDcor directly from the following equation:

Rm • RILD (1 - Gh-ILD)
RILDcor =
Rm - RILD • Gh-ILD

With this equation, it is not necessary to determine σh-ILD from the chart.

You can correct the Dual Induction medium resistivity with procedures and equations analogous to
those used above for the deep resistivity. Use the dashed standoff curves.
σ
Chart: DILTA-2 (Dual Induction-Short Guard Borehole Corrections: Deep and Medium)

Applications: Correction of Dual Induction deep and medium resistivities for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RILD . . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity

RILDcor . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
Gh-ILD . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity borehole geometrical factor
σh-ILD . . . . . . Dual Induction deep conductivity borehole signal
dh . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RILD = 13 ohm•m

Rm = 0.25 ohm•m
dh = 14 in
Standoff = 1.5 in

Find: RILDcor

Procedure: Enter the chart at 14.0-in on the Borehole Diameter axis. Project vertically to the 1.5-in Deep Induction
Standoff curve (solid curve), then horizontally to the right edge of the grid. (By projecting left to the
Borehole Geometrical Factor axis, you can estimate Gh-ILD to be 0.00215.) From the point just
determined on the right-hand side of the grid, project through the 0.25 point on the Rm line to the
Borehole Signal axis, there estimating σh-ILD to be 8.5 mmho/m.

Use

1000 (1 - Gh–ILD)
RILDcor =
1000 
 RILD  – σh–ILD
 

to calculate RILDcor.

1000 (1 - .00215)
RILDcor = = 14.59 ohm•m
 1000 
 13 ohm•m - 8.5 mmho/m
 
Answer: RILDcor = 14.59 ohm•m

Notes: After determining Gh-ILD from the chart, you can calculate RILDcor directly from the following equation:

Rm • RILD (1 - Gh-ILD)
RILDcor =
Rm - RILD • Gh-ILD

With this equation, it is not necessary to determine σh-ILD from the chart.

You can correct the Dual Induction medium resistivity with procedures and equations analogous to those
used above for the deep resistivity. Use the dashed standoff curves.
Chart: DIL-4b (Dual Induction-Laterolog 3 Invasion Corrections: Rxo /Rm = 100)

Applications: Determination of true formation resistivity, flushed zone resistivity, and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RILD . . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity

RILM . . . . . . . Dual Induction medium resistivity
RLL3 . . . . . . . Laterolog 3 resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RILD = 16 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RILM = 24 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RLL3 = 90 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)
Rxo = 140 ohm•m
Rm = 1.5 ohm•m

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use an Rxo device to obtain the Rxo value needed
R
in calculating xo :
Rm

Rxo 140 ohm•m

= = 93.33 ≈ 100
Rm 1.5 ohm•m

For use in the chart, calculate

RILM 24 ohm•m
= = 1.5
RILD 16 ohm•m

RLL3
= 90 ohm m = 5.625
•
RILD 16 ohm•m
RILM R
Starting at 1.5 on the axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 5.625 on the ILM axis, project
RILD RILD
horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt R
Use the intersection point to interpolate between the = 0.8 and t = 0.9 curves (solid red,
RILD RILD
Rt
vertically oriented curves) and estimate to be 0.875. Calculate
RILD

 Rt 
Rt =   • RILD = 0.875 • 16 ohm•m = 14 ohm•m
 RILD 
Rxo
The intersection point lies on the = 10 curve. Calculate
Rt
 Rxo 
Rxo =   • Rt = 10 • 14 ohm•m = 140 ohm•m
 Rt 
Use the intersection point once more, this time to interpolate between the di = 50 in and di = 60 in curves
(dashed, vertically oriented curves), and estimate ddi to be 53 in.

Answer: Rt = 14 ohm•m, Rxo = 140 ohm•m, and di = 53 in.

Chart: DIL-5b (Dual Induction-Rxo Invasion Corrections: Rxo = 100)

Applications: Determination of true formation resistivity and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RILD . . . . . . . Dual Induction deep resistivity

RILM . . . . . . . Dual Induction medium resistivity
RMSFL . . . . . . Micro Spherically Focused Log resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RILD = 40 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RILM = 57 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RMSFL = 130 ohm•m (corrected for mudcake effects)
Rm = 3 ohm•m

Find: Rt and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use the mudcake-corrected RMSFL for Rxo. Since
Rxo ≈ RMSFL 130 ohm•m ≈ 100 ohm•m , it is permissible to use this chart.

For use in the chart, calculate the following, again using RMSFL as a first approximation to Rxo:

RILM
= 57 ohm m = 1.425
•
RILD 40 ohm•m

Rxo RMSFL = 130 ohm•m

≈ = 3.25
RILD RILD 40 ohm•m

RILM R
Starting at 1.425 on the axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 3.25 on the xo axis,
RILD RILD
project horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections. Use the inter-
Rt R
section point to interpolate between the = 0.8 and t = 0.9 curves (solid red, vertically oriented
RILD RILD
Rt
curves) and estimate to be 0.875. Calculate
RILD

 Rt 
Rt =   • RILD = 0.875 • 40 ohm•m = 35.0 ohm•m
 RILD 

Use the intersection point again to estimate di to be 60 in (dashed, vertically oriented curves).

Answer: Rt = 36.6 ohm•m and di = 60 in.

Notes: This special Dual Induction—Rxo invasion correction chart should be used to interpret logs produced
from a DIL tool run in combination with a pad-type Rxo device. Since no assumption is made about the
specific type of Rxo tool, the chart can be used for any DIL—Rxo combination. If an Micro Spherically
Focused device is run, its readings should be corrected for mudcake effects before being used in this
chart.
RESISTIVITY - INDUCTION
High Resolution Induction (HRI*)
Chart: HRI-1 (High Resolution Induction (HRI*) Borehole Correction: Digitally Focused
Log)

Applications: Correction of Digitally Focused Log resistivity for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RDFL . . . . . . . Digitally Focused Log resistivity

RDFLcor . . . . . Digitally Focused Log resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RDFL = 31 ohm•m

Rm = 0.91 ohm•m
dh = 11 in
Standoff = 0.0 in

Find: RDFLcor
RDFL
Procedure: Since the standoff is 0.0 in, use the center chart. To determine the point on the axis at which
Rm
to enter the chart, calculate

RDFL 31 ohm•m
= = 34.07
Rm 0.91 ohm•m

Project vertically into the chart and use the dh = 10 in and dh = 12 in curves to estimate where the
projection would intersect a dh = 11 in curve. From that intersection point, project horizontally to the
RDFLcor R cor
axis, there estimating DFL to be 1.11. Calculate
RDFL RDFL

 RDFLcor 
RDFLcor =   • RDFL = 1.11 • 31 ohm•m = 34.41 ohm•m
 RDFL 

Answer: RDFLcor = 34.41 ohm•m

Chart: HRI-2 (High Resolution Induction Borehole Corrections: Deep and Medium
Induction)

Applications: Correction of High Resolution Induction deep and medium resistivities for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RHRD . . . . . . High Resolution Induction deep resistivity

RHRDcor . . . . . High Resolution Induction deep resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
Gh-HRD . . . . . High Resolution Induction deep resistivity borehole geometrical factor
σh-HRD . . . . . High Resolution Induction deep conductivity borehole signal
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RHRD = 13 ohm•m

Rm = 0.25 ohm•m
dh = 14 in
Standoff = 1.5 in

Find: RHRDcor

Procedure: Enter the chart at 14.0-in on the Borehole Diameter axis. Project vertically to the 1.5-in Deep Induction
Standoff curve (solid curve), then horizontally to the right edge of the grid. (By projecting left to the
Borehole Geometric Factor axis, you can estimate Gh-HRD to be 0.00018.) From the point just determined
on the right-hand side of the grid, project through the 0.25 ohm•m point on the Rm line to the Borehole
Signal axis, there estimating σh-HRD to be 0.75 mmho/m.

Use

1000 (1 - Gh–HRD)
RHRDcor =
1000  –
RHRD σh–HRD
 

to calculate RHRDcor.

1000 (1 - .00018)
RHRDcor = = 13.13 ohm•m
 1000 
 13 ohm•m - 0.75 mmho/m
 

Answer: RHRDcor = 13.13 ohm•m

Notes: After determining Gh-HRD from the chart, you can calculate RHRDcor directly from the following equation:

Rm • RILD (1 - Gh-HRD)
RHRDcor =
Rm - RHRD • Gh-HRD
With this equation, it is not necessary to determine σh-HRD from the chart.

You can correct the High Resolution Induction medium resistivity with procedures and equations
analogous to those used above for the deep resistivity. Use the dashed standoff curves.
σ
Chart: HRI-3a (High Resolution Induction (HRI*) Bed Thickness Corrections: Deep and
Medium)

Applications: Correction of High Resolution Induction deep and medium resistivities for bed thickness

Nomenclature: RHRD . . . . . . High Resolution Induction deep resistivity

RHRDcor . . . . . High Resolution Induction deep resistivity corrected for shoulder bed effects
Rs . . . . . . . . shoulder bed resistivity
h .... . . . . . thickness of bed in which HRD measurement to be corrected was made

Given: RHRD = 13 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Rs = 1.2 ohm•m (from High Resolution Induction deep resistivity in shoulder bed)
h = 13 ft

Find: RHRDcor

Procedure: Since Rs = 1.2 ohm•m ≈ 1 ohm•m, use the upper left chart. Enter the chart at 13 ft on the Bed
Thickness axis. Project vertically into the chart and use the RHRD = 10 ohm•m and RHRD = 15 ohm•m
curves to estimate where the projection would intersect a RHRD = 13 ohm•m curve. From that intersection
point, project horizontally to the RHRDcor axis, there estimating RHRDcor to be 11.5 ohm•m.

Answer: RHRDcor = 11.5 ohm•m

Notes: You can correct the High Resolution Induction medium resistivity with procedures analogous to those
used above for the deep resistivity. Use the lower charts.
Chart: HRI-4b (High Resolution Induction (HRI*) Invasion Corrections: Rxo/Rm=100)

Applications: Determination of true formation resistivity, flushed zone resistivity, and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RHRD . . . . . . Resolution Induction deep resistivity

RHRM . . . . . . High Resolution Induction medium resistivity
RDFL . . . . . . . Digitally Focused Log resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RHRD = 15 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RHRM = 22 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RDFL = 105 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)
Rxo = 139 ohm•m
Rm = 1.5 ohm•m

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use an Rxo device to obtain the Rxo value needed
R
in calculating xo :
Rm

Rxo
= 139 ohm m = 92.67
•
≈ 100
Rm 1.5 ohm•m

For use in the chart, calculate

RHRM
= 22 ohm m = 1.467
•
RHRD 15 ohm•m

RDFL 105 ohm•m

= =7
RHRD 15 ohm•m
RHRM R
Starting at 1.467 on the axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 7 on the DFL axis,
RHRD RHRD
project horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt Rt
Use the intersection point to interpolate between the = 0.9 and = 0.95 curves (solid red,
RHRD RHRD
Rt
vertically oriented curves) and estimate to be 0.93. Calculate
RHRD
 Rt 
Rt =   • RHRD = 0.93 • 15 ohm•m = 13.95 ohm•m
 RHRD 
Rxo R
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the = 7 and xo = 10 curves (solid,
Rt Rt
Rxo
horizontally oriented curves), and estimate to be 9.9. Calculate
Rt
 Rxo 
Rxo =   • Rt = 9.9 • 13.95 ohm•m = 138.11 ohm•m
 Rt 
Use the intersection point once more, this time to interpolate between the di = 60 in and di = 70 in curves
(dashed, vertically oriented curves), and estimate di to be 63 in.

Answer: Rt = 13.95 ohm•m, Rxo = 138.11 ohm•m, and di = 63 in.

RESISTIVITY - INDUCTION
Hostile Dual Induction (HDIL)
Chart: HDIL-1 (Hostile Dual Induction (HDIL) Borehole Correction: Short Normal)

Applications: Correction of Short Normal resistivity for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RSN . . . . . . . Short Normal resistivity

RDFLcor . . . . . Short Normal resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RSN = 31 ohm•m

Rm = 0.91 ohm•m
dh = 11 in
Standoff = 0.0 in

Find: RSNcor
RDFL
Procedure: Since the standoff is 0.0 in, use the center chart. To determine the point on the axis at which
Rm
to enter the chart, calculate
RSN
= 31 ohm m = 34.07
•
Rm 0.91 ohm•m

Project vertically into the chart and use the dh = 10 in and dh = 12 in curves to estimate where the
projection would intersect a dh = 11 in curve. From that intersection point, project horizontally to the
RSNcor RSNcor
axis, there estimating to be 1.53. Calculate
RSN RSN

 RSNcor 
RDFLcor =   • RSN = 1.53 • 31 ohm•m = 47.43 ohm•m
 RSN 

Answer: RSNcor = 47.43 ohm•m

Chart: HDIL-2 (Hostile Dual Induction Borehole Corrections: Deep and Medium
Induction)

Applications: Correction of Hostile Dual Induction deep and medium resistivities for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RHID . .. . . . . Hostile Dual Induction deep resistivity

RHIDcor . . . . . Hostile Dual Induction deep resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . .. . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
Gh-HID .. . . . . Hostile Dual Induction deep resistivity borehole geometrical factor
σh-HID . . . . . . Hostile Dual Induction deep conductivity borehole signal
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RHID = 13 ohm•m

Rm = 0.25 ohm•m
dh = 11 in
Standoff = 1.5 in

Find: RHIDcor

Procedure: Enter the chart at 11.0-in on the Borehole Diameter axis. Project vertically to the 1.5-in Deep Induction
Standoff curve, then horizontally to the right edge of the grid. (By projecting left to the Borehole
Geometric Factor axis, you can estimate Gh-HID to be 0.0001.) From the point just determined on the
right-hand side of the grid, project through the 0.25 ohm•m point on the Rm line to the Borehole Signal
axis, there estimating σh-HID to be 0.75 mmho/m.

Use

σh-HID = Gh x 1000 = 0.0001 x 1000 = 0.40

Rm .25

1000 (1 - Gh–HID)
RHIDcor =
1000 
 RHID  – σh–HID
 
to calculate RHIDcor.

1000 (1 - .0001)
RHRDcor = = 13.07 ohm•m
 1000 
 13 ohm•m - 0.40 mmho/m
 

Answer: RHIDcor = 13.07 ohm•m

Notes: After determining Gh-HID from the chart, you can calculate RHIDcor directly from the following equation:

Rm • RHID (1 - Gh-HID)
RHIDcor =
Rm - RHID • Gh-HID

With this equation, it is not necessary to determine σh-HID from the chart.

You can correct the Hostile Dual Induction medium resistivity with procedures and equations analogous
to those used above for the deep resistivity. Use the dashed standoff curves.
Chart: HDIL-3a (Hostile Dual Induction (HDIL) Bed Thickness Corrections: Deep and
Medium)

Applications: Correction of Hostile Dual Induction deep and medium resistivities for bed thickness

Nomenclature: RHID . .. . . . . Hostile Dual Induction deep resistivity

RHIDcor . . . . . Hostile Dual Induction deep resistivity corrected for shoulder bed effects
Rs . . .. . . . . shoulder bed resistivity
h ... .. . . . . thickness of bed in which HID measurement to be corrected was made

Given: RHID = 10.25 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Rs = 1.2 ohm•m (from Hostile Dual Induction deep resistivity in shoulder bed)
h = 13 ft

Find: RHIDcor

Procedure: Since Rs = 1.2 ohm•m ≈ 1 ohm•m, use the upper left chart. Enter the chart at 13 ft on the Bed
Thickness axis. Project vertically into the chart and use the RHID = 10 ohm•m and RHID = 15 ohm•m
curves to estimate where the projection would intersect a RHID = 10.25 ohm•m curve. From that
intersection point, project horizontally to the RHIDcor axis, there estimating RHIDcor to be 21.5 ohm•m.

Answer: RHIDcor = 21.5 ohm•m

Notes: You can correct the Hostile Dual Induction medium resistivity with procedures analogous to those
used above for the deep resistivity. Use the lower charts.
Chart: HDIL-4b (Hostile Dual Induction (HDIL) Invasion Corrections: Rxo/Rm=100)

Applications: Determination of true formation resistivity, flushed zone resistivity, and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RHID . . . . . . . Hostile Dual Induction deep resistivity

RHIM . . . . . . . Hostile Dual Induction medium resistivity
RSN . . . . . . . Short Normal Log resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion
dh . . . . . . . . diameter of borehole

Given: RHID = 15 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RHIM = 22 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RSN = 105 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)
Rxo = 139 ohm•m
Rm = 1.5 ohm•m
h = 4.0 inch

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, first the diameter of the borehole, dh, is 4 inches
R
then use an Rxo device to obtain the Rxo value needed in calculating xo :
Rm
Rxo
= 139 ohm m = 92.67 ≈ 100
•
Rm 1.5 ohm•m
For use in the chart, calculate

RHIM
= 22 ohm m = 1.467
•
RHID 15 ohm•m

RSN
= 105 ohm m = 7
•
RHID 15 ohm•m
RHIM R
Starting at 1.467 on the axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 7 on the HIM axis, project
RHID RHID
horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt Rt
Use the intersection point to interpolate between the = 0.9 and = 0.95 curves (solid red,
RHID RHID
Rt
vertically oriented curves) and estimate to be 0.93. Calculate
RHID
 Rt 
Rt =   • RHID = 10.93 • 15 ohm•m = 13.95 ohm•m
 RHID 
Rxo R
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the = 7 and xo = 10 curves (solid,
Rt Rt
Rxo
horizontally oriented curves), and estimate to be 7.1. Calculate
Rt
 Rxo 
Rxo =   • Rt = 7.1 • 13.95 ohm•m = 96.92 ohm•m
 Rt 
Use the intersection point once more, this time to interpolate between the di = 40 in and di = 50 in curves
(dashed, vertically oriented curves), and estimate di to be 45 in.

Answer: Rt = 13.95 ohm•m, Rxo = 96.92 ohm•m , and di = 45 in.

RESISTIVITY - LATEROLOG
Dual Laterolog - (DLT-A)
Chart: DLTA-1a (Dual Laterolog (DLT-A) - Borehole Corrections: Deep and Shallow
Resistivity, Deep Laterolog, Thick Beds)

Applications: Correct Dual Laterolog deep and shallow resistivities for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLDcor . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
dh . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RLLD = 31 ohm•m

Rm = 0.91 ohm•m
dh = 11 in
Standoff = 1.5 in

Find: RLLDcor

Procedure: Since you are correcting the Dual Laterolog deep resistivity with a tool standoff of 1.5 inches, use the
RLLD
lower chart. To determine the point on the axis at which to enter the chart, calculate
Rm

RLLD
= 31 ohm m = 34.07
•
Rm 0.91 ohm•m

Project vertically into the chart and use the dh = 10 in and dh = 12 in curves to estimate where the
projection would intersect a dh = 11 in curve. From that intersection point, project horizontally to the
RLLDcor RLLDcor
axis, there estimating to be 1.12. Calculate
RLLD RLLD

 RLLDcor 
RLLDcor =   • RLLD = 1.12 • 31 ohm•m = 34.72 ohm•m
 RLLD 

Answer: RLLDcor = 34.72 ohm•m

Notes: You can correct the Dual Laterolog shallow resistivity with procedures analogous to those used
above for the deep resistivity. Use the chart on page DLTA-1b.
Chart: DLTA-2a (Dual Laterolog (DLT-A) - Bed Thickness Corrections: Deep and Shallow
Resistivity)

Applications: Correct Dual Laterolog deep and shallow resistivities for bed thickness

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLDcor . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity corrected for shoulder bed effects
Rs . . . . . . . . shoulder bed resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
h .... . . . . . bed thickness

Given: RLLD = 0.42 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Rs = 1.4 ohm•m (from Dual Laterolog deep resistivity in shoulder bed)
Rm = 4 ohm•m
h = 8 ft

Find: RLLDcor
R 1.4 ohm•m
Procedure: Since R s = 4 ohm•m = 0.35 ≈ 0.2 and since you are correcting the deep resistivity, the upper
m

chart is applicable. For use in the chart, calculate

RLLD
= 0.42 ohm m = 0.3
•
Rm 1.4 ohm•m
RLLD
Enter the chart at 8 ft on the Bed Thickness axis. Project vertically into the chart and use the = 0.2
Rs
RLLD R
and = 0.5 curves to estimate where the projection would intersect a LLD = 0.3 curve. From that
Rs Rs
RLLDcor RLLDcor
intersection point, project horizontally to the axis, there estimating to be 0.5. Calculate
RLLD RLLD

 RLLDcor 
RLLDcor =   • RLLD = 0.5 • 0.42 ohm•m = 0.21 ohm•m
 RLLD 

Answer: RLLDcor = 0.21 ohm•m

Notes: You can correct the Dual Laterolog shallow resistivity with procedures analogous to those used above
for the deep resistivity. Use the lower chart.
Chart: DLTA-3a (Dual Laterolog (DLT-A) - Invasion Corrections: Dual Laterolog - Rxo,
Rxo < Rt)
Applications: Determine true formation resistivity and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLS . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog shallow resistivity
RMG . . . . . . . Microguard resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RLLD = 176 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RLLS = 44 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RMG = 11 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use RMG and RLLD as first approximations to Rxo
and Rt, respectively, in comparing Rxo and Rt:

Rxo ≈ RMG = 11 ohm•m < 176 ohm•m = RLLD ≈ Rt

Since Rxo < Rt, use of this chart is appropriate.

For use in the chart, calculate the following, again using RMG as a first approximation to Rxo:

RLLD
= 176 ohm m = 4
•
RLLS 44 ohm•m

RLLD R ohm•m
≈ LLD = 176 = 16
Rxo RMG 11 ohm•m
R R
Starting at 4 on the LLD axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 16 on the LLD axis, project
RLLS Rxo
horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt
The intersection point is located on the = 1.5 curve (one of the solid red, vertically oriented
RLLD
curves). Calculate

 Rt 
Rt =   • RLLD = 1.5 • 176 ohm•m = 264.0 ohm•m
 RLLD 
Rt R
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the = 20 and t = 30 curves (solid,
Rxo Rxo
Rt
horizontally oriented curves), and estimate to be 25. Calculate
Rxo
1 1
Rxo = = = 10.56 ohm•m
 Rt   1  1 
Rxo  •  Rt  (25) • 264
     
The intersection point is also located on the di = 50 in curve (one of the dashed, vertically oriented
curves). Thus, di = 50 in.

Answer: Rt = 264.0 ohm•m, Rxo = 10.56 ohm•m and di = 50 in.

Chart: DLTA-3b (Dual Laterolog (DLT-A) - Invasion Corrections: Dual Laterolog - Rxo,
Rxo > Rt)

Applications: Determine true formation resistivity and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLS . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog medium resistivity
RMG . . . . . . . Microguard resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RLLD = 50 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RLLS = 58 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RMG = 126 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use RMG and RLLD as first approximations to Rxo
and Rt, respectively, in comparing Rxo and Rt.

Rxo ≈ RMG = 126 ohm•m > 50 ohm•m = RLLD ≈ Rt

Since Rxo > Rt, use of this chart is appropriate.

For use in the chart, calculate the following, again using RMG as a first approximation to Rxo:
RLLS
= 58 ohm m = 1.16
•
RLLD 50 ohm•m

Rxo RMG ohm•m

≈ = 126 = 2.52
RLLD RLLD 50 ohm•m
RLLS R
Starting at 1.16 on the axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 2.52 on the xo axis,
RLLD RLLD
project horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt Rt
Use the intersection point to interpolate between the = 0.7 and = 0.8 curves (solid red,
RLLD RLLD
Rt
vertically oriented curves) and estimate to be 0.73. Calculate
RLLD
 Rt 
Rt =   • RLLD = 0.73 • 50 ohm•m = 36.50 ohm•m
 RLLD 
Rxo R
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the = 3 and xo = 4 curves (solid, horizontally
Rt Rt
Rxo
oriented curves), and estimate to be 3.6. Calculate
Rt

 Rxo 
Rxo =   • Rt = 3.6 • 36.5 ohm•m = 131.4 ohm•m
 Rt 
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the di = 15 in and di = 20 in curves (dashed,
diagonally oriented curves), and estimate di to be 17 in.

Answer: Rt = 36.50 ohm•m, Rxo = 131.4 ohm•m, and di = 17 in.

RESISTIVITY - LATEROLOG
Dual Laterolog (DLT-F)
Chart: DLTF-1a (Dual Laterolog (DLT-F) - Borehole Corrections: Deep and Shallow
Resistivity, Deep Laterolog, Thick Beds)

Applications: Correct Dual Laterolog deep and shallow resistivities for borehole effects

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLDcor . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity corrected for borehole effects
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
dh . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

Given: RLLD = 31 ohm•m

Rm = 0.91 ohm•m
dh = 11 in
Standoff = 1.5 in

Find: RLLDcor

Procedure: Since you are correcting the Dual Laterolog deep resistivity with a tool standoff of 1.5 inches, use the
R
owner chart. To determine the point on the LLD axis at which to enter the chart, calculate
Rm
RLLD 31 ohm•m
= = 34.07
Rm 0.91 ohm•m

Project vertically into the chart and use the dh = 10 in and dh = 12 in curves to estimate where the
projection would intersect a dh = 11 in curve. From that intersection point, project horizontally to the
RLLDcor R
axis, there estimating LLDcor to be 1.03. Calculate
RLLD RLLD

 RLLDcor 
RLLD =  • RLLD = 1.03 • 31 ohm•m = 31.93 ohm•m
 RLLD 
cor

Answer: RLLDcor = 31.93 ohm•m

Notes: You can correct the Dual Laterolog shallow resistivity with procedures analogous to those used above
for the deep resistivity. Use the chart on page DLTF-1b.
Chart: DLTF-2a (Dual Laterolog (DLT-F) - Bed Thickness Corrections: Deepand Shallow
Resistivity)

Applications: Correct Dual Laterolog deep and shallow resistivities for bed thickness

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLDcor . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity corrected for shoulder bed effects
Rs . . . . . . . . shoulder bed resistivity
Rm . . . . . . . . mud resistivity at formation temperature
h .... . . . . . bed thickness

Given: RLLD = 0.42 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Rs = 1.4 ohm•m (from Dual Laterolog deep resistivity in shoulder bed)
Rm = 4 ohm•m
h = 8 ft

Find: RLLDcor
Rs 1.4 ohm•m
Procedure: Since = = 0.35 ≈ 0.2 and since you are correcting the deep resistivity, the upper chart
Rm 4 ohm•m
is applicable. For use in the chart, calculate

RLLD 0.42 ohm•m

= = 0.3
Rs 1.4 ohm•m
RLLD
Enter the chart at 8 ft on the Bed Thickness axis. Project vertically into the chart and use the = 0.2
Rs
RLLD R
and = 0.5 curves to estimate where the projection would intersect a LLD = 0.3 curve. From that
Rs Rs
RLLDcor RLLDcor
intersection point, project horizontally to the axis, there estimating to be 0.525. Calculate
RLLD RLLD

 RLLDcor 
RLLD =  • RLLD = 0.525 • 0.42 ohm•m = 0.2205 ohm•m
 RLLD 
cor

Answer: RLLDcor = 0.2205 ohm•m

Notes: You can correct the Dual Laterolog shallow resistivity with procedures analogous to those used above
for the deep resistivity. Use the lower chart.
Chart: DLTF-3a (Dual Laterolog (DLT-F) - Invasion Corrections: Dual Laterolog - Rxo,
Rxo < Rt)

Applications: Determine true formation resistivity and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLS . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog shallow resistivity
RMSFL . . . . . . Micro Spherically Focused Log resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RLLD = 176 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RLLS = 44 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RMSFL = 11 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use RMSFL and RLLD as first approximations to Rxo
and Rt, respectively, in comparing Rxo and Rt.

Rxo ≈ RMSFL = 11 ohm•m < 176 ohm•m = RLLD ≈ Rt

Since Rxo < Rt, use of this chart is appropriate.

For use in the chart, calculate the following, again using RMSFL as a first approximation to Rxo:
RLLD 176 ohm•m
= =4
RLLS 44 ohm•m
RLLD RLLD ohm•m
≈ = 176 = 16
Rxo RMSFL 11 ohm•m
R R
Starting at 4 on the LLD axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 16 on the LLD axis, project
RLLS Rxo
horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt R
Use the intersection point to interpolate between the = 1.4 and t = 1.5 curves ( solid, vertically
RLLD RLLD
Rt
oriented curves) and estimate to be 1.46. Calculate
RLLD
 Rt 
Rt =   • RLLD = 1.46 • 176 ohm•m = 256.96 ohm•m
 RLLD 
Rt R
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the = 20 and t = 30 curves (solid,
Rxo Rxo
R
horizontally oriented curves), and estimate R t to be 23.5. Calculate
xo

1 1 = 10.93 ohm•m
Rxo = =
 Rt   1  1 
 R •  R  (23.5) •  
 xo   t  256.96
The intersection point is also located on the di = 50 in curve (one of the dashed, vertically oriented curves).
Thus, di = 50 in.

Answer: Rt = 256.96 ohm•m, Rxo = 10.93 ohm•m and di = 50 in.

Chart: DLTF-3b (Dual Laterolog (DLT-F) - Invasion Corrections: Dual Laterolog - Rxo,
Rxo > Rt)

Applications: Determine true formation resistivity and diameter of invasion

Nomenclature: RLLD . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog deep resistivity

RLLS . . . . . . . Dual Laterolog medium resistivity
RMSFL . . . . . . Microspherically Focused Log resistivity
Rt . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rxo . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity
di . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion

Given: RLLD = 50 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RLLS = 58 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects and bed thickness)
RMSFL = 126 ohm•m (corrected for borehole effects)

Find: Rt, Rxo, and di

Procedure: To determine the appropriateness of using this chart, use RMSFL and RLLD as first approximations to Rxo
and Rt, respectively, in comparing Rxo and Rt.

Rxo ≈ RMSFL = 126 ohm•m > 50 ohm•m = RLLD ≈ Rt

Since Rxo > Rt, use of this chart is appropriate.

For use in the chart, calculate the following, again using RMSFL as a first approximation to Rxo:
RLLS 58 ohm•m
= = 1.16
RLLD 50 ohm•m

Rxo R ohm•m
≈ MSFL = 126 = 2.52
RLLD RLLD 50 ohm•m

RLLS R
Starting at 1.16 on the axis, project vertically into the chart. Starting at 2.52 on the xo axis,
RLLD RLLD
project horizontally into the chart. Note the point of intersection of the two projections.
Rt R
Use the intersection point to interpolate between the = 0.7 and t = 0.8 curves (solid red,
RLLD RLLD
Rt
vertically oriented curves) and estimate to be 0.76. Calculate
RLLD
 Rt 
Rt =   • RLLD = 0.76 • 50 ohm•m = 38.00 ohm•m
 RLLD 
Rxo R
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the = 3 and xo = 4 curves (solid,
Rt Rt
Rxo
horizontally oriented curves), and estimate to be 3.4. Calculate
Rt

 Rxo 
Rxo =   • Rt = 3.4 • 38.0 ohm•m = 129.2 ohm•m
 Rt 
Use the intersection point again to interpolate between the di = 15 in and di = 20 in curves (dashed,
diagonally oriented curves), and estimate di to be 15.75 in

Answer: Rt = 38.00 ohm•m, Rxo = 129.2 ohm•m, and di = 15.75 in.

WATER SATURATION - RESERVES
Chart: SW-1 (Archie Nomograph)

Applications: Determination of formation water saturation

Nomenclature: Ro . . . . . . . . formation resistivity when formation water saturation is 100%

Rt . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity
Rw . . . . . . . . formation water resistivity at formation temperature
F . . . . . . . . . formation resistivity factor
φ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity
Sw . . . . . . . . formation water saturation
n . . . . . . . . . saturation exponent
a . . . . . . . . . formation factor coefficient
m . . . . . . . . . cementation exponent

Given: Rt = 9 ohm•m
Rw = 0.06 ohm•m
φ = 20%
n=2

Find: Sw

Procedure: Enter the nomograph on the Rw leg at 0.06 ohm•m and project through the φ leg at 20. The projection
intersects the Ro leg at approximately 1.2 ohm•m (The value of F corresponding to the given values of
Rw and φ can be read off the F leg. In this example, the value F is 20.)

From 1.2 ohm•m on the Ro leg, project through 9 ohm•m on the Rt leg. The projection intersects the
Snw leg at approximately 0.13.

From 0.13 on the Snw leg, project through 2.0 on the n leg. The projection intersects the Sw leg at
approximately 36.0%.

Answer: Sw = 36.0%

Notes: This chart assumes a = 0.62 and m = 2.15.

F = a
φm

You can calculate Sw in decimal form from the Archie equation:

√
n
a • Rw
SW =
φm • Rt

In the above equations, you must use the decimal form of φ.

References: Archie, G.E.: “The Electrical Resistivity Log as an Aid in Determining Some Reservoir Characteristics,”
AIME Tech. Pub. 1422, 1942.
φ

φ
Chart: SW-3b (Hingle Plot - Resistivity-Porosity Crossplot, F = 1 )
φ2

Applications: Determination of formation water saturation, water resistivity, porosity, and matrix material

Nomenclature: F .................... formation resistivity factor

a .................... formation factor coefficient
m ................... cementation exponent
φ .................... formation porosity
ρb .................. formation bulk density
ρma ................ formation matrix density
ρf ................... formation fluid density
Rt ................... true formation resistivity
Ro .................. formation resistivity at 100% water saturation
Sw .................. formation water saturation
n .................... saturation exponent

Given: a=1
m=2
n=2
ρb and Rt at several points in the formation:

Point ρb Rt
(g/cc) (ohm•m)
1 2.32 15.4
2 2.35 19.6
3 2.37 18.3
4 2.33 12.9
5 2.40 15.2
6 2.42 12.3
7 2.39 5.82
8 2.47 7.06
9 2.47 6.03
10 2.50 7.09
11 2.45 4.24
12 2.49 5.92
13 2.56 12.4

Find: ρma, Rw, and Sw at Points 5 and 8.

Procedure: Choose an appropriate bulk density scale for the horizontal axis. The bulk density range should include
the matrix densities for the lithologies that might be present in the zone being plotted. Then plot each
of the points according to its coordinates, (ρb,Rt). Number the plotted points for future reference.

The most northwesterly of the plotted points (Points 11, 12, and 13) are assumed to be at 100% water
saturation. Construct a line through these points; this is the Ro, or Sw = 100%, line for the formation.
The point at which this line intersects the horizontal axis indicates the matrix density for the formation.
Here, the intersection point is at 2.71 g/cc, indicating that ρma = 2.71 g/cc.

Now construct a porosity scale along the horizontal axis by using the following equation along with the
given value of ρf, the value of ρma you just found, and selected values of φ:

ρb = φ • ρf + (1 - φ ) • ρma

For φ = 5%, calculate

ρb = (0.05) • (1.00 g/cc) + (1 - 0.05) • (2.71 g/cc) = 2.62 g/cc.

 So, φ = 5% corresponds to ρb = 2.62 g/cc. Similarly, porosities of 10, 15, 20, and 25% correspond to
bulk densities of 2.54, 2.45, 2.37, and 2.28 g/cc, respectively.
To estimate Rw, use the following equation, substituting φ and Rt values from a point at which Sw =100%.
Rt • φm
Rw =
a
At Point 13, which is on the Sw = 100% line, φ = 9% (reading from the φ scale you just constructed) and
Rt = 12.4 ohm•m. Using these values of φ and Rt along with the given values a = 1 and m = 2 yields
Rw = 0.10 ohm•m.

To estimate water saturations at the various plotted points, you will construct lines on the plot
corresponding to several water saturation values. To do this, first note that, for constant porosity,
n Ro -n
Sw = . Thus, for constant porosity, Rt = Sw • Ro.
Rt
Now pick a point on the Ro line and draw a vertical line through that point. (You can choose any point
on the Ro line, but ones on the right-hand side of the plot are preferred since they will generally allow
you to construct the Sw lines more accurately.) This vertical line represents points of equal porosity. For
example, through the 3.5 ohm•m point on the Ro line, draw a vertical line. This line intersects the
horizontal axis at ρb = 2.425 g/cc, or φ = 16.7%. To find the Rt value on the φ =16.7% line that
corresponds to
-n -n
Sw = 10%, use the R t = Sw • Ro relationship to calculate

Rt = 0.10-2 • 3.5 ohm•m = 100 • 3.5 ohm•m = 350 ohm•m

Now construct the line through (0%, ∞ ohm•m) and (16.7%, 350 ohm•m); this is the Sw = 10% line.
Similar calculations and constructions yield the 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, and 90% Sw lines.

To estimate Sw at Point 5, interpolate between the 40% and 50% Sw lines to find Sw = 44%. To estimate
Sw at Point 8, interpolate between the 80% and 90% Sw lines to find Sw = 84%.

Answer: ρma = 2.71 g/cc; Rw = 0.10 ; at Point 5, Sw = 44%; and at Point 8, Sw = 84%.
-n
Notes: When you use the equation Rt = Sw • Ro to determine the Rt values for constructing the Sw lines, you
-n
calculate the following decimal values for Sw when n = 2.
-2
Sw Sw
(%) (decimal)
10 100 .0
20 25.0
30 11.1111
40 6.2500
50 4.0
60 2.7778
70 2.0408
80 1.5625
90 1.2346
-n
So, you can simply multiply the selected Ro value by the appropriate S w value to obtain the corresponding
Rt value.

Reference: Hingle, A.T: “The Use of Logs in Exploration Problems,” Symposium on Well Logging, SEG Meeting,
Los Angeles, Nov. 1959.
 φ
σ

∆
ρ
φ
φ
 φ
σ

∆
ρ
φ
φ
 φ
σ

∆
ρ
φ
φ
 φ
σ

∆
ρ
φ
φ
 φ
σ

∆
ρ
φ
φ
Chart: SW-4 (Recoverable Oil Reserves Nomograph)

Applications: Determination of oil reserves

Nomenclature: φ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity

Sw . . . . . . . . . formation water saturation
SO . . . . . . . . formation oil saturation
BO . . . . . . . . formation volume factor for oil
Frec . . . . . . . . recovery factor
h . . . . . . . . . bed thickness
A . . . . . . . . . drainage area

Given: φ= 20%
Sw = 30%
BO = 1.1
Frec = 35%
h = 14 ft
A = 80 acres

Find: Volume of recoverable oil

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 20% on the Porosity leg and project through 30% on the Water Saturation leg
to intersect 1,100 bbl/acre•ft on the Oil Content leg. From there, project through 1.1 on the Formation
Volume Factor leg to intersect the Oil in Place leg at 1,000 bbl/acre•ft. From that point, proceed through
35% on the Recovery Factor leg, intersecting the Recoverable Oil leg at 360 bbl/acre•ft. Continue
through 14 ft on the Bed Thickness leg to meet the Recoverable Oil leg at 5,000 bbls/acre. Move on
through 80 acres on the Drainage Area leg to arrive at 390,000 bbl on the Recoverable Oil leg.

Answer: The volume of recoverable oil is 390,000 bbl.

Notes: You can calculate the volume of recoverable oil from the following equation:

Recoverable Oil = 7,758.4 • φ • SO • 1 • Frec • h • A

BO
where SO = 1 - Sw
φ and SO are expressed in decimal form.
The volume of recoverable oil is expressed in barrels, h in feet, and A in acres.

This nomograph assumes that φ and Sw are essentially constant over the given bed. If this is not the
case, you must subdivide the interval into subintervals, in each of which φ and Sw are essentially constant,
and calculate the oil reserves for each subinterval. Otherwise, you can obtain highly erroneous results.

Reference: Craft, B.C. and Hawkins, MF.: “Applied Petroleum Reservoir Engineering,” Printice-Hall, Inc. (1959),
Englewood Cliffs, N.J., p. 97-146.
φ
Chart: SW-5 (Gas Reserves Nomograph)

Applications: Determination of volume of reservoir gas in place at standard temperature and pressure

Nomenclature: φ ......... formation porosity

Sw . . . . . . . . formation water saturation
Sg . . . . . . . . . formation gas saturation
h . . . . . . . . . bed thickness
A . . . . . . . . . drainage area
Pa . . . . . . . . . absolute reservoir pressure
T . . . . . . . . . reservoir temperature
z. . . . . . . . . . gas compressibility factor

Given: φ = 20%
Sg = 70%
h = 14 ft
A = 80 acres
Pa = 2,000 psi .
T = 200°F
z = 0.80

Find: Volume of reservoir gas in place at standard temperature and pressure

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 20% on the Porosity leg and project through 70% on the Gas Saturation leg to
intersect 6,100 ft3/acre•ft on the Gas-Filled Volume per Unit Volume leg. From there, project through
14 ft on the Bed Thickness leg to intersect the Gas-Filled Volume per Unit Area leg at 85,000 ft3/acre.
From that point, proceed through 80 acres on the Drainage Area leg, intersecting the Gas-Filled Reservoir
Volume leg at 6.8MM ft3/acre. Continue through 2,000 psi on the Reservoir Pressure leg to meet the
Perfect Gas Reservoir Volume at Standard Pressure leg at 930M ft3.Move on through 200°F on the
Reservoir Temperature leg to arrive at 730MM ft3 on the Perfect Gas Reservoir Volume at STP leg.
Finally, project through 0.8 on the Compressibility Factor leg to intersect 915MM ft3 on the Reservoir
Gas Volume in Place leg.

Answer: The volume of reservoir gas in place at standard temperature and pressure is 915MM ft3.

Notes: You can calculate the volume of reservoir gas in place at standard temperature and pressure from the
following equation:
Pa 520 1
Gas in Place = 43,560 • φ Sg • h • A • •
14.7 T+460
•
z

where φ and Sg are expressed in decimal form. The volume of gas in place is expressed million cubic
feet, h in feet, A in acres, Pa in pounds per square inch (absolute), and T in degrees Fahrenheit.

This nomograph assumes that φf and Sw are essentially constant over the given bed. If this is not the
case, you must subdivide the interval into subintervals, in each of which φ and Sw are essentially constant,
and calculate the gas reserves for each subinterval.

Reference: Craft, B.C. and Hawkins, M.F.: “Applied Petroleum Reservoir Engineering,” Printice-Hall, Inc. (1959),
Englewood Cliffs, N.J., p. 1-47.
φ
PERMEABILITY
Chart: PERM-1 (Irreducible Water Saturation)

Applications: Determination of points at irreducible water saturation

Nomenclature:
φ ......... formation porosity
Sw . . . . . . . . formation water saturation
c
Swirr . . . . . . . . irreducible formation water saturation (equal to , where constant c is a characteristic
φ
of a given rock type and grain size)
BVW. . . . . . . bulk volume water fraction (equal to φ • Sw)

Given: Sw and φ at several points in a zone that are in or above the transition zone (The respective BVW
(i.e., φ • Sw ) values are calculated and displayed for later reference.)

Point Sw φ BVW
(%) (%) (decimal)
1 27 11.0 0.0297
2 23 13.0 0.0299
3 24 12.5 0.0300
4 20 15.0 0.0300
5 19 16.0 0.0304
6 22 14.0 0.0308
7 27 12.0 0.0324
8 19 17.5 0.0333
9 26 14.0 0.0364
10 22 17.0 0.0374
11 25 15.0 0.0375
12 26 15.0 0.0390

Find: Those points which are at irreducible water saturation

Procedure: Plot the points according to their coordinates, (Sw, φ). Number each of the points for future reference.
Points at irreducible water saturation will be the most southwesterly points on the plot and will be
located along a line running northwest to southeast. From the graph, you see that points 1 through 6
meet these criteria. Thus, they are assumed to be at irreducible water saturation.

Answer: Points 1 through 6 are at irreducible water saturation.

Notes: This procedure assumes that, in a given formation, the product φ • Sw is constant for points at irreducible
water saturation. In this example, φ • Sw ≈ 0.030, that is, the points lie along the line BVW = 0.030.

Reference: Morris, R.L. and Biggs. W.P.: “Using Log-Derived Values 0f Water Saturation and Porosity,” SPWLA.
Paper X, 1967.
φ
Chart: PERM-2 (Estimated Permeability for Clastics)

Applications: Determination of formation permeability to oil and gas

Nomenclature: φ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity

Swirr . . . . . . . irreducible formation water saturation
k .. . . . . . . . formation permeability (fluid must be specified)
ko . . . . . . . . . formation permeability to oil
kg . . . . . . . . . formation permeability to gas
ρg . . . . . . . . formation gas density

Given: Lithology is sandstone.

φ = 23%
Swirr = 43%
ρg = 0.1 g/cc

Find: ko and kg

Procedure: From φ = 23% on the Porosity axis project vertically into the chart. From Swirr = 43% on the Irreducible
Water Saturation axis project horizontally into the chart. The intersection of the two projections is located
on the k = 50 md curve. This indicates that ko = 50 md.

You can estimate kg by multiplying ko by the numerical value of ρg.

Thus, for ρg = 0.1 g/cc, kg ≈ (50 md) (0.1) = 5 md

Answer: ko = 50 md and kg ≈ 5 md

Notes: Using the fractional values of φ and Swirr, you can calculate ko from

 250 φ 3 2
ko =  
 Swirr 
You can then estimate kg from
kg ≈ ko • ρg
where kg and ko are in millidarcies and ρg is in g/cc.

Reference: Morris, R.L. and Biggs. W.P.: “Using Log-Derived Values of Water Saturation and Porosity,” SPWLA
Paper X, 1967.
φ
Chart: PERM-3 (Drawdown Permeability from Formation Tester)

Applications: Determination of formation permeability from formation tester drawdown measurements

Nomenclature: Q . . . . . . . . . fluid flow rate into formation tester

µ .. . . . . . . . fluid viscosity
P .. . . . . . . . reservoir pressure
Pmin . . . . . . . minimum pressure recorded during drawdown test
∆P . . . . . . . . drawdown pressure
rp . . . . . . . . . formation tester probe radius
k .. . . . . . . . formation permeability

Given: Q = 1 cc/s (calculated from formation tester sample chamber volume and from time required during
testing to fill the chamber)
µ = 0.5 cp (a typical value for a water-based mud filtrate)
P = 3,000 psi
Pmin = 2,800 psi
rp = 0.25 in

Find: k

Procedure: For later use in the nomograph, calculate ∆P from

∆P = P - Pmin
Thus, ∆P = (3,000 psi) – (2,800 psi) = 200 psi.

From Q = 1 cc/s on the Flow Rate leg, project through µ = 0.5 cp on the Viscosity leg until reaching the
left-hand pivot line. From there, project through ∆P = 200 psi on the Drawdown Pressure leg until
reaching the right-hand pivot line. From there, project through rp = 0.25-in on the Probe Radius leg until
intersecting the Drawdown Permeability leg. There estimate k to be 6 md.

Answer: k = 6 md

Notes: You can calculate permeability directly from

600 Q symbol µ
k=
rp symbol ∆P
where Q is expressed in cc/s, µ in cp, rp in inches, ∆P in psi, and k in md.
µ

∆
FORMATION TESTER
Chart: FT-1 (Formation Tester Chamber Fill Time)

Applications: Determination of time required for formation tester sample chamber to fill at a given reservoir pressure

Nomenclature: None

Given: Reservoir pressure = 4,000 psi

Fluid flow into the chamber is restricted by four stacked 0.020-in chokes.

Find: Time required for sample chamber to fill

Procedure: Enter the chart at 4 kpsi on the Pressure axis. Project vertically to the curve corresponding to four stacked
0.020-in chokes, then horizontally to the Time axis. There estimate the fill time to be 548 seconds.

Answer: Chamber fill time is 548 seconds or 9.13 minutes.

Notes: The chart assumes a 10,500-cc sample chamber. For a sample chamber of volume N other than
10,500-cc, you can use the following equation to calculate the fill time t, where to is the time required
to fill a 10,500-cc chamber:

10,500 to
t=
N
where t and to are expressed in seconds and N is in cc.
Chart: FT-2 (Gas Volume Determination from Surface Pressure)

Applications: Determination of volume of gas recovered with formation tester

Nomenclature: N . . . . . . . . . volume of formation tester sample chamber

Nliq . . . . . . . . volume of liquid recovered in sample chamber (at surface conditions)
Ng . . . . . . . . volume of gas recovered in sample chamber (at surface conditions)
NgSP . . . . . . . volume of gas recovered in sample chamber (at standard pressure)
NgSTP . . . . . . volume of gas recovered in sample chamber (at standard temperature and pressure)
P ... . . . . . . surface pressure of gas recovered in sample chamber
T ... . . . . . . surface temperature of gas recovered in sample chamber
Given: N = 10,500 cc
Nliq = 2,500 cc
P = 1,400 psia
Find: NgSP

Procedure: To enter the chart, calculate Ng = N - Nliq = (10,500 cc) - (2,500 cc) = 8,000 cc. Thus, enter the chart at
8,000 cc on the horizontal axis. Project vertically to the 1,400-psia Surface Pressure curve, then
horizontally to the Gas Volume axis, there estimating NgSP to be 27 ft3.

Answer: NgSP = 27 ft3

Notes: You can calculate NgSP directly from

NgSP = 2.402 • 10( -3
)•P•N g

where NgSP is expressed in ft3, Ng in cc, and P in psia. You can also use

(
NgSP = 9.8604 • 10
-3
)•P•N g
where NgSP is expressed in m3, Ng in cc, and P in Mpa absolute.

You can calculate NgSTP from

NgSTP = 1.249 • 10 ( -3
)• P
T + 460
• Ng

where NgSTP is expressed in ft3, Ng in cc, P in psia, and T in °F. You can also use

NgSTP = 2.8481 • 10 ( -3
)• P
T + 273.15
• Ng

where NgSTP is expressed in m3, Ng in cc, P in Mpa absolute, and T in °C.

Chart: FT-3 (Pressure Gradient Plot)

Applications: Determination of wellbore hydrostatic pressure

Nomenclature: ρm . . . . . . . . mud weight

d ......... depth
Phy-d . . . . . . . hydrostatic pressure at depth d
Given: ρm = 9 lb/gal
d = 10,000 ft

Find: Phy-10,000

Procedure: Enter the chart at 10,000 ft on the Depth axis. Project horizontally until reaching the 9-lb/gal curve, then
vertically until intersecting the Pressure axis, there estimating Phy-10,000 to be 4,700 psi.

Answer: Phy-10,000 = 4,700 psi

Notes: You can calculate Phy-d from

Phy-d = 0.052 • d • ρm

where Phy-d is expressed in psi, d in ft, and ρm in lb/gal.

γ
γ
Chart: FT-4 (Percent Formation Water Determination From Formation Tester)

Applications: Determination of percent formation water in fluid sample recovered by formation tester
Nomenclature: SP . . . . . . . . spontaneous potential
T . . . . . . . . . formation temperature
Rmf . . . . . . . . resistivity of mud filtrate
Rrf . . . . . . . . resistivity of recovered fluid
Rw . . . . . . . . resistivity of formation water
Yw . . . . . . . . fractional volume of water in recovered sample
Given: SP = -126 mV
T = 150°F
Rmf = 1 @ 84°F
Rrf = 0.1 @ 93°F

Find: Yw
Rmf
Procedure: For later use in the chart, you must determine the ratio , where Rmf and Rrf must be converted to
Rrf
resistivities at 77°F. Use Chart GEN-5 or use the simplified Arp’s Equation for the conversions.
T1 + 6.77
R2 = R1  
T2 + 6.77
where T1 and T2 are expressed in °F.
Calculating,

Rmf = (1 ohm•m) • 84 + 6.77 = 1.0836 ohm•m

77 + 6.77

Rrf = (1 ohm•m) • 93 + 6.77 = 1.0836 ohm•m

77 + 6.77
Thus,
Rmf 1.0836 ohm•m
= = 9.0982 ≈ 9.1
Rrf 0.1191 ohm•m
Rmf
Now use SP and T to determine the ratio for entering the chart (If Rw is known it is not necessary
Rw
Rmf
to use the SP to Nomograph). From -126 mV on the SP leg, project through 150°F on the
Rw
Rmf Rmf
Temperature leg and continue until intersecting the axis at 37.5.From 37.5 on the axis,
Rw Rw
Rmf
project vertically into the chart. From 9.1 on the axis, project horizontally into the chart. The
Rrf
intersection point of the two projections is located between the 20% and 30% Formation Water
curves. Interpolate between those two curves to estimate Yw to be 22%.
Answer: Yw = 22%
Notes: You can calculate Yw from
Rmf /Rrf - 1
Yw =  • 100
Rmf /Rw - 1
where Yw is expressed as a percentage, and where Rmf and Rrf are given at 77°F.
Rmf
You can estimate from
Rw
 -SP 
Rmf 60 + (0.133 • T)
= 10  
Rw
where T is expressed in °F and SP is in mV.
Chart: FT-5 (Drawdown Permeability from Formation Tester)

Applications: Determination of formation permeability from formation tester drawdown measurements

Nomenclature: Q . . . . . . . . . fluid flow rate into formation tester

µ .. . . . . . . . fluid viscosity
P .. . . . . . . . reservoir pressure
Pmin . . . . . . . minimum pressure recorded during drawdown test
∆P . . . . . . . . drawdown pressure
rp . . . . . . . . . formation tester probe radius
k .. . . . . . . . formation permeability

Given: Q = 1 cc/s (calculated from formation tester sample chamber volume and from time required during
testing to fill the chamber)
µ = 0.5 cp (a typical value for a water-based mud filtrate)
P = 3,000 psi
Pmin = 2,800 psi
rp = 0.25 in

Find: k
Procedure: For later use in the nomograph, calculate ∆P from

∆P = P - Pmin
Thus, ∆P = (3,000 psi) – (2,800 psi) = 200 psi.

From Q = 1 cc/s on the Flow Rate leg, project through µ = 0.5 cp on the Viscosity leg until reaching
the lefthand pivot line. From there, project through ∆P = 200 psi on the Drawdown Pressure leg until
reachingthe right-hand pivot line. From there, project through rp = 0.25-in on the Probe Radius leg until
intersecting the Drawdown Permeability leg. There estimate k to be 6 md.

Answer: k = 6 md

Notes: You can calculate permeability directly from

600 Q symbol µ
k=
rp symbol ∆P
where Q is expressed in cc/s, µ in cp, rp in inches, ∆P in psi, and k in md.
µ

∆
PULSED NEUTRON
Thermal Multigate Decay (TMD*)
Chart: TMD-1a (TMD* Ratio Correction: Liquid-Filled Borehole)

Applications: Correction of TMD* detector-count-rate ratio for borehole, casing, tubing, and cement effects

Nomenclature: Ratio . . . . . . TMD* detector-count-rate ratio

Ratiocor . . . . . TMD* detector-count-rate ratio corrected for borehole, casing, tubing, and cement
effects
Ratio 1 . . . . . intermediate value obtained when determining Ratiocor from Ratio
Cn . . . . . . . . correction terms obtained when determining Ratiocor from Ratio; n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Given: Ratio = 5 (from log)

Borehole salinity = 150 kppm NaCl
Casing OD = 8 in
Tubing OD = 2 in
Cement thickness = 1 in
Cement salinity = 150 kppm NaCl

Find: Ratiocor

Procedure: Begin at the top of the chart. Project down from 5 on the Ratio axis at the top of the Borehole Salinity
block until reaching 5 on the Ratio axis at the bottom of the Tubing Size block. Call the resulting vertical
line segment the Ratio line.

From the point at which the Ratio line intersects the 150-kppm Borehole Salinity line, follow the trend
of the adjacent curves down to the 75-kppm reference line and from there project vertically down to
a point on the 0-kppm line. From the distance between that point and the Ratio line, estimate the bore
hole salinity correction term, C1, to be 0.20. Similarly, using the 8-in Casing Size and 27⁄8-in Tubing Size
lines, estimate the casing size correction term, C2, and the tubing size correction term, C3, to be 0.21
and -0.20, respectively.

Calculate Ratio 1 from

Ratio 1 = Ratio + C1 + C2 + C3

Thus, Ratio 1 = 5 + 0.20 + 0.21 + (-0.20) = 5.21

Now move down to the Ratio 1 block, entering at 5.21 on the Ratio 1 axis. Project horizontally to the
diagonal line, then down to the C4 axis. Estimate C4 to be 0.485. Similarly, by entering the Cement
Thickness block at 1-in and the Cement Salinity block at 150-kppm, estimate C5 and C6 to be -1.175
and 0.91, respectively.

Calculate Ratiocor from

Ratiocor = Ratio 1 + C4 + C5 + C6

Thus, Ratiocor = 5.21 + 0.485 + (-1.175) + 0.91 = 5.43.

Answer: Ratiocor = 5.43

Chart: TMD-1b (Corrected TMD* Ratio versus Porosity: Liquid-Filled Borehole)

Applications: Determination of formation porosity from TMD* detector-count-rate ratio

Nomenclature: Ratiocor . . . . . TMD* detector-count-rate ratio corrected for borehole, casing, tubing, and cement
effects
φ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity

Given: Ratiocor = 5.43

Lithology is dolostone.

Find: φ

Procedure: Enter the chart at 5.43 on the Ratiocor axis. Project horizontally to the Dolostone curve, then vertically
to the TMD* Porosity axis, there estimating φ to be 16.3%.

Answer: φ = 16.3%
φ
Chart: TMD-2 (Capture Cross Section of Water: From Equivalent NaCl Concentration)

Applications: Determination of capture cross section of water from equivalent NaCl concentration

Nomenclature: Cw . . . . . . . . equivalent NaCl concentration of water

Σw . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of water

Given: Cw = 195 kppm NaCl

Find: Σw

Procedure: Enter the chart at 195 kppm on the Water Salinity axis. Project horizontally to the NaCl curve, then
vertically to the Σw axis, there estimating Σ w to be 98 c.u.

Answer: Σw = 98 c.u.

Notes: When Cw is expressed in kppm NaCl, you can calculate Σw from

Σw = 22 + 0.3413 Cw + 0.2500E-3 C2w

When Cw is expressed in kppm CaCl2 you can calculate Σw from
Σw = 22.21 + 0.3616 Cw + 0.2786E-3 Cw2 = 0.1837E-6 Cw3 = -0.1069E-10 Cw4
When Cw is expressed in kppm KClº you can calculate Σw from
Σw = 22.2067 + 0.2825 Cw + 0.7486E-4 Cw2 = 0.8015E-6 Cw3 = -0.1659E-8 Cw4
 Σ

Σ
Chart: TMD-3 (Liquid Hydrocarbon Capture Cross Section: From Solution Gas-Oil
Ratio)

Applications: Determination of liquid hydrocarbon capture cross section from solution gas-oil ratio

Nomenclature: Σh . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of hydrocarbon

GOR . . . . . . solution gas-oil ratio

Given: GOR = 550 ft3/bbl

Find: Σh

Procedure: Enter the chart at 550 ft3/bbl on the Solution GOR axis. Project vertically to the curve in the chart,
then horizontally to the Σh axis, there estimating Σh to be 20.5 c.u.

Answer: Σh = 20.5 c.u.

Notes: The value from this chart should be considered as approximate only. Absolute magnitudes of the
hydrocarbon cross section are dependent on the properties of the specific oil present.

You can estimate Σh from

Σh = 22 - loge (( 1 + 4.38 • 10
-3
• GOR ) + ( 3.5 • 10
-6
• GOR2 ))
where Σh is expressed in c.u. and GOR is expressed in SCF/STB.
 Σ
Σ
Chart: TMD-4 (Methane Capture Cross Section: From Reservoir Temperature and
Pressure)

Applications: Determination of methane capture cross section from reservoir temperature and pressure

Nomenclature: P . . . . . . . . . reservoir pressure

T . . . . . . . . . reservoir temperature
Σmeth . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of methane

Given: P = 3,000 psi

T = 140°F

Find: Σmeth

Procedure: Enter the chart at 3 kpsi on the Reservoir Pressure axis. Project horizontally to the 140°F Reservoir
Temperature curve, then vertically to Σmeth axis, there estimating Σmeth to be 6.64 c.u.

Answer: Σmeth = 6.64 c.u.

 Σ

Σ
Chart: TMD-5 (Wet Gas Capture Cross Section: From Methane Capture Cross Section
and Gas Specific Gravity)

Applications: Determination of wet gas capture cross section from methane capture cross section and gas
specific gravity

Nomenclature: Σmeth . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of methane

Σg . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of wet gas
γg . . . . . . . . . specific gravity of gas

Given: Σmeth = 7.8 c.u.

γg = 0.6

Find: Σg

Procedure: Enter the chart at 7.8 c.u. on the Σmeth axis. Project horizontally to the γg = 0.6 curve, then vertically to
the Σg axis, there estimating Σg to be 8.32 c.u.

Answer: Σg = 8.32 c.u.

Notes: You can calculate Σg from

Σg = (0.229 + 1.395 γg) Σmeth
where Σg and Σmeth are expressed in c.u.
 Σ
Σ
γ

γ
Σ

Σ
Chart: TMD-6 (Wet Gas Capture Cross Section: From Methane Cross Section and
Condensate)

Applications: Determination of wet gas capture cross section from methane cross section and condensate ratio

Nomenclature: Σmeth . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of methane

Σg . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of wet gas

Given: Σmeth = 7 c.u.

Condensate Ratio = 100 bbl/MMcf

Find: Σg

Procedure: Enter the chart at 9 c.u. on the Σmeth axis. Project horizontally to the 100-bbl/MMcf Condensate Ratio
curve, then vertically to the Σg axis, there estimating Σg to be 10.4 c.u.

Answer: Σg = 10.4 c.u.

Notes: You can calculate Σg from

Σg = Σmeth + 0.339 √Condensate Ratio

where Σg and Σmeth are expressed in c.u. and Condensate Ratio is expressed in bbl/MMcf.
 Σ
Σ Σ

Σ
Chart: TMD-7 (TMD* Water Saturation Determination: Clean Model)

Applications: Determination of formation water saturation from TMD* data in a clean zone

Nomenclature: Vsh . . . . . . . . formation shale volume

Σma . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of the matrix
ΣINTfm . . . . . . intrinsic thermal neutron capture cross section of the formation
φ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity
Σf . . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of the formation fluid
Σh . . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of formation hydrocarbons
Σw . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of formation water
Cw . . . . . . . . salinity of formation water
Sw . . . . . . . . formation water saturation

Given: Vsh = 0
Σma = 10 c.u.
ΣINTfm= 23 c.u.
φ= 30%
Σh = 22 c.u. (oil)
Cw = 150 kppm NaCl

Find: Sw

Procedure: Since Sw = 0, the chart is applicable.

Begin with the φ-versus-ΣINTfm grid. From ΣINTfm = 23 c.u. on the axis, project into the grid, following
the trend of the ΣINTfm lines. From φ = 30% on the Porosity axis, project into the grid, following the
trend of the porosity lines. Label as “A” the intersection of the two projections.

Move to the Cw-versus-Σh grid. From Σh = 22 c.u. on the Σh axis, project into the grid, following the
Σh = 22 c.u. line. From Cw = 150 kppm on the Cw axis, project into the grid, following the Cw =
150 kppm line. Label as “B” the intersection of the two projections.

Return to the left of the chart. From Σma = 10 c.u. on the Σma leg, project to the same value on the
adjacent ΣINTfm axis, then on through Point A until reaching the Σf leg. From the Σf leg, project through
Point B until intersecting the Sw leg, there estimating Sw to be 55%.

Answer: Sw = 55%.

Notes: You can calculate Sw directly from

Sw = (Σ INTfm ) (
- Σma + φ Σma - Σh)
φ (Σ - Σ )
w h

where Sw and φ are expressed in decimal form and ΣINTfm, Σma, Σh, and Σw are expressed in c.u. You
can use Chart TMD-2 to obtain Σw from Cw for use in the equation.
 Σ

Σ Σ
φ

φ
Chart: TMD-8 (TMD* Water Saturation Determination: Laminated Shale Model)

Applications: Determination of formation water saturation from TMD* data in a laminated shale zone

Nomenclature: Vsh . . . . . . . . formation shale volume

Σsh . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of shale
Σma . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of the matrix
ΣINTfm . . . . . . intrinsic thermal neutron capture cross section of the formation
φ . . . . . . . . . formation porosity
Σh . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of formation hydrocarbons
Σw . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of formation water
Cw . . . . . . . . salinity of formation water
Sw . . . . . . . . formation water saturation

Given: Vsh = 10% (laminated)

Σsh = 37 c.u.
Σma = 10 c.u.
ΣINTfm= 21 c.u.
φ = 32% (corrected for shale effects)
Σh = 22 c.u. (oil)
Cw = 150 kppm NaCl

Find: Sw

Procedure: Since this is a laminated shale zone, the chart is applicable.

Begin with the Cw-versus-Σh grid on the right half of the chart. From Σh = 22 c.u. on the Σh axis, pro-
ject into the grid, following the Σh = 22 c.u. line. From Cw = 150 kppm on the Cw axis, project into
the grid, following the Cw = 150 kppm line. Label the intersection of the two projections as “X”.

Return to the left of the chart, and note that Σsh - Σma = (37 c.u.) - (10 c.u.) = 27 c.u. From
Σsh - Σma = 27 c.u. on the Σsh - Σma leg, project through Vsh = 0.1 on the φ-Vsh leg until reaching Pivot
Line A. From there, project through ΣINTfm = 21 c.u. on the ΣINTfm leg until intersecting Pivot Line B.
Label the intersection point as “Y.”

Return to the left of the chart again. From Σma = 10 c.u. on the Σma leg, project through φ = 32% on
the φ-Vsh leg until reaching Pivot Line A. From there, project through Point Y on Pivot Line B and con-
tinue until intersecting Pivot Line C. Then project through φ = 32% on the φ leg until meeting Pivot
Line D. Proceed through Point X, intersecting the Sw leg at Sw = 25%.

Answer: Sw = 25%.

Notes: You can calculate Sw directly from

Sw = (Σ INTfm - ( ) (
Σma + φ Σma - Σh + Vsh Σma - Σsh
) )
( )
φ Σw - Σh
where Sw, φ, and Vsh are in decimal form and ΣINTfm, Σma, Σh, and Sw are expressed in c.u. You can
use Chart TMD-2 to obtain Sw from Cw for use in the equation.
Σ Σ Σ Σ

φ
φ

Σ
Σ
 CEMENT BOND
AND
PULSE ECHO EVALUATION
Chart: CBL-1 (Cement Bond Log Interpretation Chart: 3 Foot (914.4-mm) Spacing)

Applications: Determination of cement compressive strength from acoustic amplitude measurement

Nomenclature: A amplitude of acoustic measurement

ODcsg casing outside diameter
hcsg casing thickness
α acoustic attenuation rate

Given: Bond tool has 3-ft transmitter-to-receiver spacing.

A = 4 mV
ODcsg = 7 in
hcsg = 0.36 in

Find: Cement compressive strength

Procedure: Since the tool has 3-ft transmitter-to-receiver spacing, the chart is applicable.

Enter the chart at A = 4 mV on the Amplitude axis. Follow the A = 4 mV curve until intersecting the
ODcsg = 7-in Casing OD line. Then project horizontally until reaching the Attenuation Rate scale,
there estimating the Attenuation Rate to be 8.5 dB/ft. Continue horizontally to the Casing Thickness
curves, using the 0.35-in and 0.40-in Casing Thickness curves to estimate the location of the 0.36-in
curve. Upon reaching the 0.36-in Casing Thickness curve, project vertically to the Compressive
Strength axis, there estimating cement compressive strength to be 1,200 psi.

Answer: Cement compressive strength is 1,200 psi.

Chart: CBL-2 (Casing OD, Weight, and Wall Thickness Relationships)

Applications: Determination of casing thickness from casing OD and weight

Nomenclature: ODcsg . . . . . . casing outside diameter

hcsg . . . . . . . casing wall thickness

Given: ODcsg = 75⁄8 in

Casing weight is 33.7 lb/ft.

Find: hcsg

Procedure: Enter the chart on the Casing Weight axis at 33.7 lb/ft. Project vertically until intersecting the 75⁄8 in
Casing OD line and, from the position of the intersection point between the 0.40-in and 0.45-in Casing
Wall Thickness, estimate hcsg = 0.43-in.

Answer: hcsg = 0.43 in

Notes: You can calculate hcsg from

 
hcsg = 0.5 •  ODcsg -

√ OD
2
dsg - 0.3667 • (Casing Weight) 

where hcsg and ODcsg are in inches and Casing Weight is in lb/ft.
Chart: CBL-3 (Free Pipe Amplitude and Attenuation)

Applications: Determination of free-pipe acoustic amplitude and attenuation from casing size

Nomenclature: A . . . . . . . . . amplitude of acoustic measurement

ODcsg . . . . . . casing outside diameter
α . . . . . . . . . acoustic attenuation rate
Example 1

Given: ODcsg = 5.5 in

Find: A

Procedure: Enter the chart at ODcsg = 5.5 inches on the Casing Size axis. Project vertically until reaching the
Amplitude curve, then horizontally to the left until intersecting the E1 Amplitude axis, there estimating
A to be approximately 72 mV.

Answer: A = 72 mV

Notes: You can calculate A from

A = 201.54 • OD-0.6044
csg

where A is in mV and ODcsg is in inches.

Example 2

Given: ODcsg = 8.5 in

Find:
Procedure: Enter the chart at OD = 8.5 inches on the Casing Size axis. Project vertically until reaching the
Attenuation Rate curve, then horizontally to the right until intersecting the E1 Attenuation axis, there
estimating α to be approximately 0.30 dB/ft.

Answer: α = 0.30 dB/ft

Notes: You can calculate α from

α = 0.0189 • (1.0512)A

where α is in dB/ft and A is in mV.

Chart: CBL-4 (CBL Borehole Fluid Attenuation Effects)

Applications: Determination of borehole fluid effects on acoustic attenuation

Nomenclature: A . . . . . . . . . amplitude of acoustic measurement

AH20 . . . . . . . amplitude of acoustic measurement in water
ρf . . . . . . . . fluid density

Example 1

Given: ρf = 12.5 lb/gal (completion fluid)

Find: A/AH20

Procedure: Enter the chart at ρf = 12.5 lb/gal on the Fluid Weight axis. Project vertically until reaching the
Completion Fluids curve, then horizontally until intersecting the Amplitude Ratio axis, there estimating
A/AH20 to be approximately 1.60 (i.e., the acoustic amplitude in the completion fluid is approximately
1.60 times the acoustic amplitude in water).

Answer: A/AH20 = 1.60

If 5.5-inch-OD casing were in this well and were filled with water, the free-pipe amplitude would be
72 mV (see chart CBL-3). However, since 12.5-lb/gal completion fluid is in the well, the free-pipe
amplitude would be 72 mV 1.6 = 115 mV.

Notes: You can calculate A/AH2O from

A/AH2O = (0.128 • ρf ) - 0.00482

where ρf is in lb/gal.

Also, if you know A and have determined A/AH2O, then you can calculate AH2O by dividing A by A/AH2O.

Example 2

Given: ρf = 15.0 lb/gal (mud)

Find: A/AH2O

Procedure: Enter the chart at ρf = 15.0 lb/gal on the Fluid Weight axis. Project vertically until reaching the Mud curve,
then horizontally until intersecting the Amplitude Ratio axis, there estimating A/AH2O to be approximately
1.15 (i.e., the acoustic amplitude in the mud is approximately 1.15 times the acoustic amplitude in water).

Answer: A/AH2O = 1.15

Notes: You can calculate A/AH2O from

A/AH2O = (0.5121 • ρf ) - 0.4875

where ρf is in lb/gal.

Also, if you know A and have determined A/AH2O, then you can calculate AH2O by dividing A by A/AH2O
Chart: CBL-5 (Cement Sheath Thickness Versus Pipe Amplitude Increase)

Applications: Determination of acoustic amplitude corrected for cement sheath thickness (in 100%-bonded inter
vals only)

Nomenclature: dh . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter

ODcsg . . . . . . casing outside diameter
hcmt . . . . . . . cement sheath thickness
A ... . . . . . . amplitude of acoustic measurement
Acor . . . . . . . amplitude of acoustic measurement corrected for cement sheath thickness

Given: dh = 6 in
ODcsg = 5 in

Find: A/Acor

Procedure: First, calculate hcmt as follows:

hcmt = (dh - ODcsg )/2 = (6 in - 5 in)/2 = (1 in)/2 = 0.50 in

(Note that, if hcmt 0.75 in, then no correction is necessary.)

Enter the chart at hcmt = 0.50 in on the Cement Sheath Thickness axis. Project vertically until reach
ing the Amplitude Correction Curve, then horizontally until intersecting the E1 Amplitude Increase
axis, there estimating A/Acor to be approximately 1.34.

Answer: A/Acor = 1.34

Notes: This chart is useful in that acoustic amplitude must be corrected for cement sheath thickness before
being used in chart CBL-1.

Also, if you know A and have determined A/Acor , then you can calculate Acor by dividing A by A/Acor.
Chart: PET-1 (Pulse Echo Acoustic Impedance Nomograph)

Applications: Determination of the acoustic impedance of annular material

Nomenclature: ρf . . . . . . . . . density of annular material

∆tf . . . . . . . . sonic compressional interval transit time in annular material
Z . . . . . . . . . acoustic impedance of annular material

Example 1 (Water in the annular space)

Given: ρf = 8 lb/gal
∆tf = 190 µs/ft

Find: Z

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 8 lb/gal on the Fluid Density leg and project to 190 µs/ft on the Interval
Transit Time leg. From the point at which the projection intersects the Acoustic Impedance leg, esti-
mate Z to be 1.52 x 106 kg/(m2 • s).

Answer: Z = 1.52 x 106 kg/(m2 • s)

Example 2 (Conventional cement in annular space)

Given: ρf = 16 lb/gal
∆tf = 90 µs/ft

Find: Z

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 16 lb/gal on the Fluid Density leg and project to 90 µs/ft on the Interval
Transit Time leg. From the point at which the projection intersects the Acoustic Impedance leg, esti-
mate Z to be 6.40 x 106 kg/(m2 • s).

Answer: Z = 6.40 x 106 kg/(m2 • s)

Example 3 (Foam cement in annular space)

Given: ρf = 6.5 lb/gal

∆tf = 240 µs/ft

Find: Z

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 6.5 lb/gal on the Fluid Density leg and project to 240 µs/ft on the Interval
Transit Time leg. From the point at which the projection intersects the Acoustic Impedance leg, esti
mate Z to be 0.975 x 106 kg/(m2 • s).

Answer: Z = 0.975 x 106 kg/(m2 • s)

Notes: You can calculate acoustic impedance from

ρf
Z=k•
∆tf
where k = 36 when ρf is expressed in lb/gal and ∆tf in µs/ft.
k = 1 when ρf is expressed in 1000 kg/m3 and ∆tf in µs/m
ρ ∆
µ µ
PRODUCTION LOGGING
Chart: PL-1 (Density versus Temperature and Pressure for Pure Distilled Water and
NaCl Solutions)

Applications: Determination of the density of an aqueous NaCl solution at a given temperature and pressure

Nomenclature: CNaCl . . . . . . NaCl concentration of solution

T ... . . . . . . temperature
P ... . . . . . . pressure
ρf . . . . . . . . . fluid density, without pressure correction
∆ρf . . . . . . . . pressure correction for fluid density
ρfcor . . . . . . . pressure-corrected fluid density

Given: CNaCl = 200,000 ppm

T = 190oF
P = 9,000 psi

Find: ρfcor

Procedure: Enter the upper chart at 190oF on the lower Temperature axis. Project vertically to the 200,000-ppm
salinity curve, then horizontally to the Liquid Density axis, there estimating ρf to be 1.108 g/cc.

To approximate the pressure correction, enter the lower chart at 9 kpsi on the Pressure axis. Project
vertically until intersecting the diagonal curve, then horizontally to the Increase in Water Density axis,
there estimating ∆ρf to be 0.026 g/cc.

Calculate ρf-cor = ρf + ∆ρf = (1.108 g/cc) + (0.026 g/cc) = 1.134 g/cc

Answer: ρfcor = 1.134 g/cc

Chart: PL-2 (Estimation of Downhole Flow Rate from Surface Flow Rate (Oil))

Applications: Estimation of oil downhole flow rate from surface flow rate

Nomenclature: Qsc. . . . . . . . . flow rate at surface conditions

Qdh . . . . . . . flow rate at downhole conditions
Bo . . . . . . . . formation volume factor for oil

Given: Qsc = 190 bbl/D

Bo = 1.6

Find: Qdh

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 190 bbl/D on the Surface Flow Rate leg and project to 1.6 on the Formation
Volume Factor leg. The projection intersects the Downhole Flow Rate leg at approximately 300 bbl/D.

Answer: Qdh = 300 bbl/D

Notes: You can calculate Qdh from

Qdh = Qsc • Bo

where Qdh and Qsc are expressed in bbl/D.

Chart: PL-3 (Estimation of Downhole Flow Rate from Surface Flow Rate (Gas))

Applications: Estimation of gas downhole flow rate from surface flow rate

Nomenclature: Qsc . . . . . . . . flow rate at surface conditions

Qdh . . . . . . . . flow rate at downhole conditions
bg. . . . . . . . . reciprocal formation volume factor for gas

Given: Qsc = 600 mcf/D

bg = 20

Find: Qdh

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 20 on the Reciprocal Formation Volume Factor leg. Project through 600 mcf/D
on the Surface Flow Rate leg and continue until intersecting the Downhole Flow Rate leg. From the
intersection point, estimate Qdh to be 30 mcf/D.

Answer: Qdh = 30 mcf/D

Notes: You can calculate Qdh from

Qsc
Qdh =
bg
where Qdh and Qsc are expressed in mcf/D.
Chart: PL-4 (Fluid Velocity—Flow Rate Nomograph (Liquid))

Applications: Determination of fluid flow rate from fluid velocity

Nomenclature: ID . . . . . . . . . inside diameter of casing or tubing

A . . . . . . . . . cross sectional area of casing or tubing
v . . . . . . . . . fluid velocity
Q . . . . . . . . . fluid flow rate at downhole conditions

Given: ID = 2.875 in
v = 16 ft/min

Find: Q

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 2.875-in on the Casing/Tubing ID leg and project to 16 ft/min on the Fluid
Velocity leg. The projection intersects the Flow Rate leg at approximately 185 bbl/D.

Answer: Q = 185 bbl/D

Notes: You can calculate Q from

Q = 256.4 • v • A

with
2
 ID
A=π• 
24
 
where Q is expressed in bbl/D, v in ft/min, A in ft2, and ID in inches.

1 bbl = 5.615 ft3

Chart: PL-5 (Fluid Velocity—Flow Rate Nomograph (Gas))

Applications: Determination of fluid flow rate from fluid velocity

Nomenclature: ID . . . . . . . . . inside diameter of casing or tubing

v . . . . . . . . . fluid velocity
Q . . . . . . . . . fluid flow rate at downhole conditions

Given: ID = 2.875 in
v = 59 ft/min

Find: Q

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 2.875-in on the Casing/Tubing ID leg and project to 59 ft/min on the Fluid
Velocity leg. The projection intersects the Flow Rate leg at approximately 3.80 mcf/D.

Answer: Q = 3.80 mcf/D

Notes: You can calculate Q from

Q = 1.44 • v • A

with
2
 ID
A = π • 
24
 
where Q is expressed in mcf/D, v in ft/min, A in ft3, and ID in inches.
Chart: PL-6 (Gas Formation Volume Factor — bg)

Applications: Determination of reciprocal gas formation volume factor, corrected for compressibility effects

Nomenclature: P . . . . . . . . . formation pressure

T .. . . . . . . . formation temperature
z .. . . . . . . . gas compressibility factor
bg . . . . . . . . . reciprocal formation volume factor for an ideal gas
bgcor . . . . . . . reciprocal formation volume factor for gas, corrected for compressibility effects

Given: P = 3,000 psi

T = 200oF
z = 0.9

Find: bgcor

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 3,000 psi on the Pressure leg and project to 200oF on the Temperature leg. The
projection intersects the bg leg at approximately 160. From that point on the bg leg, project to 0.9 on
the z leg. From the intersection of this projection with the bgcor leg, estimate bgcor to be 180.

Answer: bgcor = 180

Notes: You can calculate bg and bgcor from

35.35 • P
bg =
T + 460

bg
bgcor =
z
where P is expressed in psi and T in oF.
Chart: PL-7 (Gas Density—Gas Gravity Nomograph)

Applications: Determination of gas density from gas gravity

Nomenclature: bg . . . . . . . . . reciprocal formation volume factor for gas

γg . . . . . . . . . gas specific gravity (with respect to air)
ρg . . . . . . . . gas density

Given: bg = 260
γg = 0.71

Find: ρg

Procedure: Enter the nomograph at 260 on the Reciprocal Formation Volume Factor leg and project to 0.72 on
the Gas Gravity leg. The projection intersects the Gas Density leg at approximately 0.23 g/cc.

Answer: ρg = 0.23 g/cc

Notes: You can calculate ρg from

ρg = 0.00125 • γg • bg

where ρg is expressed in g/cc.

ρ

γ
APPENDIX
 Logging Tool Responses to Common Minerals
φNLS* ρb ρLOG ∆tc ∆ ts Σma
Name Formula thermal Pe Pem4
g/cc g/cc (µs/ft) (µs/ft) (c.u.)
(p.u.)
SILICATES
Quartz SiO2 -1 2.65 2.64 1.81 1.81 55.5 74 4.6
Cristobalite SiO2 -1.4 2.33 2.30 1.81 1.81 4.0
Opal (3.5% H2O) SiO2(H2O).12 0 9 2.0 2.13 2.10 1.75 1.74 58.0 3.8
Garnet
Almandine Fe3Al2(SiO4) 3 1.8 4.32 4.31 11.1 10.3 35.8 63.9 45
Andradite Ca3Fe2Si3O12 .4 3.86 3.88 10.13 9.67 32
Grossularite Ca3Al2Si3O12 -.3 3.59 3.63 4.37 4.44 11
Pyrope Mg3Al2Si3O12 .4 3.58 3.61 1.60 1.61 6.2
Zircon ZrSiO4 0 4.68 4.51 69.1 50 95.8 146.5 5.5
Hornblende Ca2NaMg2Fe2AlSi8- 2.9 3.12 3.11 5.99 5.72 44 82 17.9
O22(O,OH)2
Tourmaline (Na,Ca) (Li,Mg,Al)- 11-22 3.00 2.93-3.00 1.9-10.5 1.3-9.5 4000
(Al,Fe,Mn)6-
(BO3)3(Si6O18) (OH)4
SHEET SILICATES
Kaolinite Al4(Si4O10)(OH)8 40 2.61 2.63 1.49 1.45 212 328 12.9
Illite KAl4(Si7AlO20)(OH)4 9-10 2.65-2.69 2.64-2.69 2.04 2.05 12-14
Montmorillonite (Ca,Na)7(Al,Mg,Fe)4- 18-53 2.2-2.7 2.2-2.7 1.3-1.55 1.24-1.5 14.7
(Si,Al)8 O20(OH)4• 4H2O
Chlorite
Clinochlore (Mg,Fe)5Al(Si3Al)- 29-47 2.63-2.98 2.6-3.0 1.04-12.7 .95-11.7 35.6
O10(OH)8
Gonyerite (Mn,Mg)5Fe3+ (Si3Fe3+)- 45 3.01 2.97 10-16 9.2-15 113
O10(OH)8
Nimite (Ni,Mg,Fe)5Al(Si3O)- 75 3.19 3.20 1.3-17 1.2-15 45
O10(OH)8
Muscovite KAl2(AlSi3)O10(OH)2 11 2.83 2.82 2.40 2.40 53 92 16.9
Biotite K(Mg,Fe)3AlSi3O10- 10-12 3.01 2.95-3.03 2.3-10.2 2.3-9.5 49 82 35.2
(OH)2
Glauconite (K,Na,Ca)1.2-2- 11-18 2.45-2.85 2.42-2.83 5.1-6.1 4.8-5.9 17-22
(Fe3+,Al,Fe,Mg)4
Si7-7.6-
Al1-.4 O20(OH)4• 2H2O
FELDSPARS
Microcline KAlSi3O8 -1.3 2.59 2.56 2.86 2.87 15.8
Orthoclase KAlSi3O8 -1.4 2.56 2.53 2.86 2.87 69 15.8
Anorthoclase KAlSi3O8 -1.4 2.59 2.56 2.86 2.87 69 15.8
Albite NaAlSi3O8 -1.1 2.62 2.59 1.68 1.68 49 85 7.7
Anorthite CaAl2Si3O8 -1.2 2.76 2.74 3.13 3.18 45 7.4
CARBONATES
Calcite CaCO3 0 2.71 2.71 5.08 5.08 47.6 88.7 7.1
Aragonite CaCO3 .6 2.95 2.97 5.08 5.08 47.6 88.7 7.1
Dolomite CaMg(CO3)2 .9 2.87 2.88 3.14 3.08 43.5 71 4.7
Siderite Fe(CO3)2 6 3.96 3.89 14.7 13.4 43.8 84.9 52.8
Ankerite CaCO3(Mg,Fe,Mn)CO3 ≈1 2.94 2.90-2.95 7.3-8.7 6.9-8.1 53.0 83.6 24.9
* DSN-II Neutron Porosity only
 Logging Tool Responses to Common Minerals
φNLS* ρb ρLOG ∆ tc ∆ts Σma
Name Formula thermal Pe Pem4
g/cc g/cc (µs/ft) (µs/ft) (c.u.)
(p.u.)
SULPHATES
Barite BaSO4 -1 4.48 4.09 267 144 69.7 132.7 20
Celestite SrSO4 -.8 3.96 3.79 55.2 41.2 60.7 168.8 23.5
SULPHIDES
Pyrite FeS2 -1.7 5.02 5.00 17.0 16.1 38 59 91.2
Pyrrhotite Fe7S8 -1.7 4.60 4.53 20.5 19.3 65 110 95.8
Galena PbS -2.3 7.40 6.30 1631 133 13.4
Sphalerite ZnS -2.3 4.10 3.96 35.9 31.7 57 108 41
Chalcopyrite CuFeS2 -1.9 4.20 4.07 26.7 24.4 102
Chalcocite Cu2S -1.5 5.50 5.20 37.4 33.4 168
OXIDES
Hematite Fe2O3 4.8 5.27 5.18 21.5 19.8 46 72 102
Magnetite Fe3O4 3.8 5.18 5.08 22.2 20.5 73 155 103
Limonite FeO• OH• nH2O(n = 2.1) >100 3.85 3.98 12.9 11.8 57 103 78.5
Corundum Al2O3 .5 4.02 4.03 1.55 1.57 11
Rutile TiO2 1 4.18 4.06 10.1 9.70 192
Spinel MgAl2O4 -.1-(+1) 3.5-4.1 3.49-4.13 1.49 1.51 7.5-10
Ilmenite FeTiO3 2.0 4.70 4.60 16.6 15.5 162
EVAPORITES
Halite NaCl -1.5 2.17 2.04 4.65 4.86 67 116 761
Sylvite KCl -2 1.99 1.87 8.51 8.71 74 572
Carnallite KMgCl3• 6H2O 63 1.61 1.57 4.09 4.11 78 372
Anhydrite CaSO4 -1 2.96 2.98 5.05 5.14 50 97.5 12.6
Gypsum CaSO4• 2H2O 53 2.32 2.35 3.99 3.99 52.5 18.6
Langbeinite K2Mg2(SO4)3 -1.1 2.83 2.82 3.56 3.57 52 24.0
Polyhalite K2Ca2Mg(SO4)4• 2H2O 14.5 2.78 2.79 4.32 4.35 57.5 23.8
Kieserite MgSO4H2O 37 2.57 2.59 1.83 1.79 14.1
MISCELLANEOUS
Borax Na2B4O7• 10H2O >100 1.71 1.71 .473 .247 8305
Kernite Na2B4O7• 4H2O >100 1.91 1.87 .522 .314 13000
Flourite CaF2 -1.3 3.18 3.13 6.71 6.82 11
Apatite Ca5(PO4)3(F,Cl,OH) 1.2 3.15 3.15 5.8-6.1 5.9-6.2 52
Goethite FeO• OH >100 4.37 4.34 19.0 17.5 80
Augite (CaNa)(Mg,Fe,Al)- -.7-(-1.1) 3.30 3.25-3.32 1.3-9.6 1.3-9.1 7-30
(Si,Al)2O6
Sulphur S2 -2 2.07 2.02 5.40 5.80 122 20.6
COALS
Anthracite CH.358N.009O.022 >60 1.60 1.57 .17 -.15 105 10.5
Bituminuous CH.793N.015O.078 >100 1.35 1.34 .17 -.16 120 20
Lignite CH.849N.015O.211 >45 1.10 1.05 .20 -.11 160 12.6
* DSN-II Neutron Porosity only
References
1. Hurlbut, C.S., Jr., Klien, C., Manual of Mineralogy, 19th Ed., Wylie and Sons, 1971.
2. Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 60th Edition, CRC Press Boca Raton, Fl., 1981.
3. Roberts, W.L., Campbell, T.J., Rapp, G.R., Jr., Encyclopedia of Minerals, 2nd Ed., Van Nostran Reinhold Co., New York, 1990
4. Moake, G.L.: “ Definition of an Improved Lithology Factor and a Laboratory Technique for Its Measurement.” Presented at
the 29th Annual SPwla Symposium in San Antonio, Texas, June 1988, paper PP.
 Equivalents
Length ( SI Unit = m)
1 inch (in) = 25.4 mm
1 foot (ft) = 30.48 cm
1 meter (m) = 3.2808 ft
= 39.3701 in

Area (SI Unit = m2)

1 acre = .4047 hectare (ha)
1 hectare (ha) = 10,000 m2
1 mi2 = 640 acre
= 2.589981 km2

Volume (SI Unit = m3)

1 U.S. gal = 231 in3 (0.133681 ft3)
= 3.785 liter
1 Imperial gal = 1.20095 U.S. gal
= 4.54596 liter
1 barrel (bbl) = 42 U.S. gal
= 5.614583 ft3
= 158.98284 liter
1 ft3 = 7.4805195 U.S. gal
= 28.316847 liter
1 liter (l) = 0.26417205 U.S. gal.
= 0.03531467 ft3
= .001 m3
1 acre-foot = 43560 ft3
(acre-ft) = 7758.3678 bbl

Mass (SI Units = kg) avoirdupois (avdp)

1 pound (lb avdp) = .453592 kg
= 7000 grains
1 ton (long) = 2240.0 lb (avdp)
1 ton (metric) = 2204.6226 lb (avdp)

Density (SI Unit = kg/m3)

1 g/cc = 62.427961 lb/ft3
= .0361273 lb/in3
= 8.345404 lb/gal x its density (g/cc) (U.S.)
= 10.02241 lb/gal x its density (g/cc) (Imp)
= 1000 kg/m3

Concentration (SI Units = kg/m3)

1 grain/U.S. gal = 17.11854 ppm/density (g/cc)
= 17.11854 mg/kg
1 g/liter = 58.416197 grains/gal
1 g/liter = 1000 ppm/density (g/cc)
1 wt ppm = 1 mg/kg

Temperature (SI Unit = oK)

degree Fahrenheit (oF) = (9/5 x oC) + 32
degree Centigrade (oC) = 5/9 (oF - 32)
degree Kelvin (oK) = oC + 273.16
degree Rankin (oR) = oF + 459.69

Pressure (SI Units =Pa)

1 atmosphere (atm) = 14.6959438 psi
= 1.03323 kg/cm2
= .1013254 Mpa
1 Mpa = 1 psi/.00689476
1 psi = .068046 atm
= 145.037744 x Mpa

Pressure Gradient
psi/ft = .433 x density (g/cc)
= density (lb/gal)/19.25
= density (lb/ft3)/144.0
kg/cm2/m = .1 x density (g/cc)
= 0.231 x psi/ft
 Symbols
GENERAL / BOREHOLE
Units
English Symbol Quantity Description ENGLISH METRIC
C........... concentration of solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ppm mg/kg
Cw . . . . . . . . . . concentration of saline water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ppm mg/kg
dh . . . . . . . . . . borehole diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
di . . . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion (step profile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in m
dzf . . . . . . . . . . diameter of flushed zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in m
dzt . . . . . . . . . . diameter of transition zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in m
dt . . . . . . . . . . tool diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
geothermal gradient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oF/100 ft o
gG . . . . . . . . . . C/100m
h ........... bed thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft m
hcsg . . . . . . . . . casing thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
hmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
ID . . . . . . . . . . inside diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
OD . . . . . . . . . outside diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
r ........... radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
SP . . . . . . . . . . spontaneous potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mV
SSP . . . . . . . . . static spontaneous potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mV
PSP . . . . . . . . . pseudostatic spontaneous potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mV
o o
T ........... temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F C
o o
Td . . . . . . . . . . temperature at depth d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F C
o o
Tms . . . . . . . . . mean surface temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F C

Greek Symbol
ρ ........... density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρf . . . . . . . . . . fluid density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρm . . . . . . . . . . mud density (mud weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lb/gal kg/m3
ρh . . . . . . . . . . hydrocarbon density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
RADIOACTIVITY
English Symbol
GR . . . . . . . . . gamma ray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . API GR units
GRcor . . . . . . . . corrected gamma ray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . API GR units
IH . . . . . . . . . . hydrogen index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
K ........... potassium (concentration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . % by weight
Pe . . . . . . . . . . photoelectric factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Pem . . . . . . . . . modified photoelectric factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
T ........... thorium (concentration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ppm
U........... uranium (concentration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ppm
U........... volumetric photoelectric factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Um . . . . . . . . . . volumetric modified photoelectric factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Uma . . . . . . . . . matrix volumetric photoelectric factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Umaa . . . . . . . . apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor . . . . . . . . . —

Greek Symbol
ρb . . . . . . . . . . bulk density (environmentally corrected log reading) . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρLOG . . . . . . . . density (log reading not environmentally corrected) . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρma . . . . . . . . . density of matrix (formation) material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρma . . . . . . . . apparent matrix density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
a
 Symbols
RADIOACTIVITY (continued)
Units
Greek Symbol Quantity Description ENGLISH METRIC
Σ........... thermal neutron capture cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . capture units (c.u.)
Σf . . . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of fluid . . . . . . . . . . capture units (c.u.)
Σg . . . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of gas . . . . . . . . . . . capture units (c.u.)
Σh . . . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of hydrocarbon . . . . capture units (c.u.)
ΣINTfm . . . . . . . . intrinsic formation thermal neutron capture cross section . . capture units (c.u.)

Σma . . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section matrix . . . . . . . . . . . capture units (c.u.)
Σw . . . . . . . . . . thermal neutron capture cross section of water . . . . . . . . . capture units (c.u.)
φD . . . . . . . . . . density porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φDLS . . . . . . . . . density limestone porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φDN . . . . . . . . . density - neutron crossplot porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φN . . . . . . . . . . neutron porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φNLS . . . . . . . . . neutron limestone porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φS . . . . . . . . . . sonic porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φSD . . . . . . . . . sonic - density crossplot porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φSN . . . . . . . . . sonic - neutron crossplot porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φta . . . . . . . . . . apparent total porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φTMD . . . . . . . . thermal multigate decay porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φXP . . . . . . . . . crossplot porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
ACOUSTIC
English Symbol
A . . . . . . . . . . . waveform signal amplitude (voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mV
Bcp . . . . . . . . . sonic compaction factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Z . . . . . . . . . . . acoustic impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 kg/m2•S

Greek Symbol
∆t . . . . . . . . . . interval transit time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . µs/ft µs/m
∆tc . . . . . . . . . compressional interval transit time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . µs/ft µs/m
∆tf . . . . . . . . . . fluid interval transit time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . µs/ft µs/m
∆tma . . . . . . . . matrix interval transit time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . µs/ft µs/m
∆tma . . . . . . . . apparent matrix interval transit time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . µs/ft µs/m
a

∆ts . . . . . . . . . . shear interval transit time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . µs/ft µs/m

RESISTIVITY
English Symbol
di . . . . . . . . . . . diameter of invasion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in m
Gh . . . . . . . . . . borehole geometrical factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
R ........... resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Ra . . . . . . . . . . apparent resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RDFL . . . . . . . . digitally focused log resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RHID . . . . . . . . . hostile dual induction deep resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RHIM . . . . . . . . hostile dual induction medium resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RHRD . . . . . . . . high resolution deep induction resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
 Symbol
RESISTIVITY (continued)
Units
English Symbol Quantity Description ENGLISH METRIC
RHRM . . . . . . . . high resolution medium induction resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RILD . . . . . . . . . deep induction resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RILM . . . . . . . . . medium induction resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RLL3 . . . . . . . . . laterolog - 3 resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RLLD . . . . . . . . deep laterolog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RLLS . . . . . . . . . shallow laterolog resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rm . . . . . . . . . . mud resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rmc . . . . . . . . . mudcake resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rmf . . . . . . . . . mud filtrate resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RMG . . . . . . . . . microguard resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RMSFL . . . . . . . . microspherically focused log resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Ro . . . . . . . . . . 100% water saturated formation resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rrf . . . . . . . . . . recovered fluid resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rs . . . . . . . . . . surrounding (adjacent or shoulder) bed resistivity . . . . . . . ohm•m
RSG . . . . . . . . . short guard resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
RSN . . . . . . . . . short normal log resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rt . . . . . . . . . . true formation resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Ri . . . . . . . . . . invaded zone resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rxo . . . . . . . . . flushed zone resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rw . . . . . . . . . . water resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rwa . . . . . . . . . apparent water resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m
Rwe . . . . . . . . . equivalent water resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ohm•m

Greek Symbol
σ........... conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mmho/m
σh . . . . . . . . . . borehole conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mmho/m
PRODUCTION
English Symbol
gP . . . . . . . . . . pressure gradient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psi/ft Mpa/m
N . . . . . . . . . . . volume of fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bbl cm3
ft3 m3
Q........... fluid flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bbl/D m3/D
Mcf/d m3/D
rp . . . . . . . . . . . radius of tester probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in mm
v . . . . . . . . . . . fluid velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft/min m/min
Y . . . . . . . . . . . fluid volume fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decimal fraction
Yg . . . . . . . . . . fluid volume fraction-gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decimal fraction
Yo . . . . . . . . . . fluid volume fraction-oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decimal fraction
Yw . . . . . . . . . . fluid volume fraction-water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decimal fraction
z . . . . . . . . . . . compressibility factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —

Greek Symbol
γ ........... specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
γg . . . . . . . . . . specific gravity of gas with respect to air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
γo . . . . . . . . . . specific gravity of oil with respect to water . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
 Symbol
RESERVOIR DESCRIPTION
Units
English Symbol Quantity Description ENGLISH METRIC
A ........... drainage area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acres m2
a ........... formation factor coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Bg . . . . . . . . . . formation volume factor, gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
bg . . . . . . . . . . reciprocal gas formation volume factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Bo, FVF . . . . . . formation volume factor, oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
bo . . . . . . . . . . reciprocal oil FVF (shrinkage factor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
BVW . . . . . . . . bulk volume water fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decimal fraction
F ........... formation resistivity factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
Frec . . . . . . . . . recovery factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
h ........... bed thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft m
k ........... permeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . millidarcies
kg . . . . . . . . . . permeability to gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . millidarcies
ko . . . . . . . . . . permeability to oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . millidarcies
kw . . . . . . . . . . permeability to water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . millidarcies
m .......... cementation exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
n ........... saturation exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
P ........... pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psi Mpa
Pa . . . . . . . . . . absolute pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psia Mpa absolute
S ........... saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
Sg . . . . . . . . . . gas saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
Sh . . . . . . . . . . hydrocarbon saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
Shr . . . . . . . . . . residual hydrocarbon saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
So . . . . . . . . . . oil saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
Sw . . . . . . . . . . water saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
Swirr . . . . . . . . . irreducible water saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
Sxo . . . . . . . . . . flushed zone water saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
Vx . . . . . . . . . . bulk volume fraction of formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
z ........... compressibility factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —

Greek Symbol
µ........... viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . centipoises
ρ ........... density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρg . . . . . . . . . . gas density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρga . . . . . . . . . apparent gas density (electronic density) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
ρh . . . . . . . . . . hydrocarbon density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cc kg/m3
φ ........... porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent
φta . . . . . . . . . . apparent total porosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . percent